DOLE FOOD COMPANY INC
S-8, 1995-06-28
AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION-CROPS
Previous: DOLE FOOD COMPANY INC, S-8, 1995-06-28
Next: CENTRAL & SOUTH WEST CORP, 8-K, 1995-06-28




  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1995. 
                                 Registration No. 33-____________
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                  
     

               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                     Washington, D.C. 20549
                       ___________________

                            FORM S-8
                     REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                              UNDER
                   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                       ___________________

                     DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.
     (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                       ___________________

        Hawaii                                99-0035300
(State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)            Identification No.)

    31355 Oak Crest Drive, Westlake Village, California 91361
            (Address of principal executive offices)


                  TAX-DEFERRED INVESTMENT PLAN
                     FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
                   OF DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.
          AND PARTICIPATING DIVISIONS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    (Full title of the plan)

                     J. Brett Tibbitts, Esq.
            Vice President--Corporate General Counsel
                     DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.
                      31355 Oak Crest Drive
               Westlake Village, California 91361
             (Name and address of agent for service)
                       ___________________

  Telephone number, including area code, of agent for service: (818) 879-6600
                       ___________________

                            Copy to:
                      Diana L. Walker, Esq.
                        O'MELVENY & MYERS
                      400 South Hope Street
               Los Angeles, California 90071-2899


                CALCULATION  OF REGISTRATION  FEE
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                     
                              Proposed    Proposed
                              maximum     maximum
Title of          Amount      offering    aggregate       Amount of
securities        to be       price       offering        registration
to be registered  registered  per unit    price           fee      
         

Common Stock,     500,000(1)  $28.875(2)  $14,437,500(2)  $4,978.45(2)
no par value      shares

Interests in      (1)
the Plan
                                                                  
                                                                  
 (1)  This Registration Statement covers, in addition to the
      number of shares of Common Stock stated above, other rights
      to purchase or acquire the shares of Common Stock covered
      by the Prospectus and, pursuant to Rule 416, an
      indeterminate amount of interests in the employee benefit
      plan described herein and an additional indeterminate
      number of shares which by reason of certain events
      specified in the Plan may become subject to the Plan.
(2)   Pursuant to Rule 457(h), the maximum offering price, per
      share and in the aggregate, and the registration fee were
      calculated based upon the average of the high and low
      prices of the Common Stock reported in The Wall Street
      Journal, Western Edition on June 23, 1995 for June 22,
      1995.
                                                                  
          
The Exhibit Index is included in this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
                             PART I

                   INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE
                    SECTION 10(a) PROSPECTUS


          The documents containing the information specified in
Part I of Form S-8 (plan information and registrant information)
will be sent or given to employees as specified by Securities and
Exchange Commission Rule 428(b)(1).  Such documents need not be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") either as part of this Registration Statement or as
prospectuses or prospectus supplements pursuant to Rule 424.  These
documents, which include the statement of availability required by
Item 2 of Form S-8, and the documents incorporated by reference in
this Registration Statement pursuant to Item 3 of Form S-8 (Part II
hereof), taken together, constitute a prospectus that meets the
requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act").


<PAGE>
                             PART II

                   INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE
                     REGISTRATION STATEMENT


ITEM 3.   INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

          The following documents of Dole Food Company, Inc. (the
"Company") filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission are
incorporated herein by reference: 

     (a)  the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
          Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 1994;

     (b)  the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
          quarter ended March 25, 1995; and

     (c)  the description of the Company's Common Stock contained
          in the registration statement (and past and future
          amendments thereto) for the Common Stock filed under
          Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
          including any amendment or report filed for the purpose
          of updating such description.

All documents subsequently filed by the Company pursuant to
Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the
filing of a post-effective amendment which indicates that all
securities offered hereby have been sold or which deregisters all
securities then remaining unsold shall be deemed to be incorporated
by reference into the prospectus and to be a part hereof from the
date of filing of such documents.  Any statement contained herein
or in a document, all or a portion of which is incorporated or
deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration
Statement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any
other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such
statement.  Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not
be deemed, except as so modified or amended, to constitute a part
of this Registration Statement.


ITEM 4.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

          The Company's Common Stock, with no par value (the
"Common Stock"), is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the
Exchange Act, and, therefore, the description of securities is
omitted. 


ITEM 5.   INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

          Not Applicable.

<PAGE>
ITEM 6.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


GENERAL

          Officers and directors of the Company are covered by
certain provisions of the Hawaii Business Corporation Act (the
"Hawaii BCA"), the Company's By-laws and insurance policies which
serve to limit, and, in certain instances, to indemnify them
against, certain liabilities which they incur in such capacities. 
These various provisions are summarized below.

ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

          In June 1989, Hawaii enacted legislation (the "1989 Act")
which authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal
liability of their directors in any action brought by the
corporation or their stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of directors' fiduciary duty of care.  The duty of care requires
that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, a director must act
in good faith in a manner such director reasonably believes to be
in the best interests of the corporation and with such care as a
prudent person in like position would use under similar
circumstances.  Although the 1989 Act does not change directors'
duty of care, it enables corporations to limit available relief to
the corporation or its stockholders to equitable remedies such as
injunction or rescission.  Article IX of the Company's By-laws
limits the liability of directors to the Company or its
stockholders (in their capacity as directors but not in their
capacity as officers) to the fullest extent permitted by the 1989
Act, as amended from time to time.  Specifically, directors of the
Company will not be personally liable to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a director's
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability, (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or
which constitute a willful or reckless disregard of the director's
fiduciary duty, (iii) for payments of dividends, stock repurchases
or redemptions contrary to the provisions of the Hawaii BCA made
wilfully or negligently, or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper benefit.  If the Hawaii BCA is amended
after the effective date of Article IX of the Company's By-laws to
further eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors,
then the liability of a director of the Company will be eliminated
or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Hawaii BCA, as so
amended.  The inclusion of this provision in the Company's By-laws
may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of litigation
against directors, even though such an action, if successful, might
otherwise have benefited the Company and its stockholders.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

          Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Company by
the Hawaii BCA, Section 1 of Article VIII of the Company's By-laws
provides that the Company shall indemnify any person who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by
or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he is or
was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any
division of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him
in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action,
suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good
faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to
any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe
that his conduct was unlawful.

          Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Company by
the Hawaii BCA, Section 2 of Article VIII of the Company's By-laws
provides that the Company shall indemnify any person who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact
that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company or of any division of the Company, or is or was serving at
the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Company or of any division of the Company, or is or
was serving at the request of the Company as director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if
he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that
no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty
to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in
which such action or suit was brought or in any other court having
jurisdiction in the premises shall determine upon application that,
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem
proper.

          As required by the Hawaii BCA, any indemnification under
Article VIII of the Company's By-laws (unless ordered by a court)
shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific
case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because
he has met the applicable standard of conduct.  Such determination
shall be made (i) by the Company's Board of Directors by a majority
vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to
such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not
obtainable, or, even if a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or
(iii) by a majority vote of the stockholders of the Company.  The
Hawaii BCA further provides, however, that to the extent that a
director, officer or employee of the Company has been successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith.

          Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal
action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of
the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as
authorized by the Company's Board of Directors in a particular case
upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director,
officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall
ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified
by the Company.

          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided
by or granted pursuant to Article VIII of the Company's By-laws are
not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled and
shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

          The Company from time to time maintains insurance
(subject to applicable deductibles, limitations, and exclusions) on
behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the
Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
certain liabilities asserted against him and incurred by him in any
such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not
the Company would have the power to indemnify him against such
liability under the provisions of Article VIII of the Company's By-
laws.


ITEM 7.   EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED

          Not applicable. 


ITEM 8.   EXHIBITS

          See the attached Exhibit Index.  The undersigned Company
has submitted the Plan to the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS")
and hereby undertakes to submit any amendment thereto to the IRS in
a timely manner and will make all changes required by the IRS in
order to qualify the Plan.


ITEM 9.   UNDERTAKINGS

     (a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: 

               (1) To file, during any period in which offers or
     sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this
     Registration Statement:

                         (i)      To include any prospectus
               required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act
               of 1933 (the "Securities Act");

                        (ii)      To reflect in the prospectus any
               facts or events arising after the effective date of
               the Registration Statement (or the most recent
               post-effective amendment thereof) which,
               individually or in the aggregate, represent a
               fundamental change in the information set forth in
               the Registration Statement; and

                        (iii)     To include any material
               information with respect to the plan of
               distribution not previously disclosed in the
               Registration Statement or any material change to
               such information in the Registration Statement;

     provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii)
     do not apply if the information required to be included in a
     post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in
     periodic reports filed by the registrant pursuant to Section
     13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
     (the "Exchange Act") that are incorporated by reference in
     the Registration Statement;

               (2) That, for the purpose of determining any
     liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective
     amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
     relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering
     of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
     initial bona fide offering thereof; and

               (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-
     effective amendment any of the securities being registered
     which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

     (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for
purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section
13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable,
each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by
reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (h)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions
described in Item 6 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. 
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of
the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification
by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. 


<PAGE>
                           SIGNATURES



     THE REGISTRANT.  Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has
reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements
for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Westlake Village, State of
California, on June 23, 1995.


                        DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.


                        By:  /s/ J. Brett Tibbitts

                        Its: Vice President-Corporate General Counsel
        
                                  

<PAGE>
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


      SIGNATURE                   TITLE                       DATE



    /s/ David H. Murdock    Chairman of the Board         June 23, 1995
    David H. Murdock        and Chief Executive Officer
                            and Director (Principal
                            Executive Officer)

    /s/ David A. DeLorenzo  Executive Vice President      June 20, 1995
    David A. DeLorenzo      and Director


    /s/ Michael S. Karsner  Vice President -- Treasurer   June 23, 1995
    Michael S. Karsner      and Chief Financial Officer 
                            (Principal Financial Officer)

    /s/ Patricia A. McKay   Vice President -- Finance     June 23, 1995
    Patricia A. McKay       and Controller (Principal
                            Accounting Officer)

    /s/ Elaine L. Chao      Director                      June 23, 1995
    Elaine L. Chao


    /s/ Mike Curb           Director                      June 23, 1995
    Mike Curb


    /s/ Richard M. Ferry    Director                      June 23, 1995
    Richard M. Ferry


    /s/ James F. Gary       Director                      June 23, 1995
    James F. Gary


    /s/ Frank J. Hata       Director                      June 23, 1995
    Frank J. Hata

<PAGE>
       THE PLAN.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, the Company's Corporate Compensation and Benefits
Committee has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on behalf of the Plan by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Westlake Village, State of California,
on June 23, 1995.

                                  TAX-DEFERRED INVESTMENT PLAN OF
                                  DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC. AND
                                  PARTICIPATING DIVISIONS AND
                                  SUBSIDIARIES

                                  By: CORPORATE COMPENSATION AND
                                      BENEFITS COMMITTEE


                                      By: /s/ Richard M. Ferry
                                            
                                         Richard M. Ferry
                                         ___________________________
                                            (name)

                                      Its:   Chairman
                                          __________________________
                                            (title)
<PAGE>
                          EXHIBIT INDEX



Exhibit                 
Number           Description          


4.1    Tax-Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried 
       Employees of Dole Food Company, Inc. and 
       Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries.

4.2    Master Defined Contribution Trust Agreement
       by and between Dole Food Company, Inc. and
       Mellon Bank, N.A.

4.3    Amendment 1995-1 to the Tax-Deferred Investment
       Plan for Salaried Employees of Dole Food Company, 
       Inc. and Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries.

5      Opinion of Goodsill Anderson Quinn & Stifel
       regarding legality of interests and shares.

23.1   Consent of Arthur Andersen L.L.P. (Consent of 
       Independent Public Accountants).                   

23.2   Consent of Goodsill Anderson Quinn & Stifel
       (included in Exhibit 5).













                                

                  TAX DEFERRED INVESTMENT PLAN

                               OF

                     DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.

                               AND

            PARTICIPATING DIVISIONS AND SUBSIDIARIES












                        Amendment In Toto

                    Effective January 1, 1989

             Incorporating Merger of Plans 067, 070,
              071, 072, 073, 074, 075, 078 and 079,
                    Effective January 1, 1993


<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                           Page(s)


                            ARTICLE I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
     1.01 Contribution of Participant Deferrals. . . . . . . .I-1
     1.02 Limitation on Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals. . . .I-2
     1.03 Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6
     1.04 Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6
     1.05 Nonelective Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-6
     1.06 Limitation on Reversion of Contributions . . . . . .I-7
     1.07 Limitation of Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-8
     1.08 Make-Up Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-8
     1.09 Employer Aggregation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-8
     1.10 Family Aggregation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-9
     1.11 Rollover Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-10

                           ARTICLE II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS
     2.01 Participant Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
     2.02 Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and
          Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
     2.03 Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . II-1
     2.04 Allocation of Company Matching Contributions . . . II-1
     2.05 Limitation On Allocation of Company Matching
          Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-2
     2.06 Allocation of Nonelective Contributions. . . . . . II-4
     2.07 Allocation of Other Contributions. . . . . . . . . II-4

                           ARTICLE III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     3.01 Participation in the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1
     3.02 Enrollment in the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1
     3.03 Reemployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-2
     3.04 Employment After Normal Retirement Date. . . . . .III-2
     3.05 Termination of Participation . . . . . . . . . . .III-2
     3.06 Inactive Participation and Transfers . . . . . . .III-3

                           ARTICLE IV
      LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
     4.01 Section 415 Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV-1
     4.02 Top-Heavy Plan Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . IV-1

                            ARTICLE V
          INVESTMENTS:  ALLOCATION OF GAINS AND LOSSES
     5.01 Investment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-1
     5.02 Transfers of Existing Account Balances Between
          Investment Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-2
     5.03 Allocation of Investment Fund Gains and Losses . . .V-2
     5.04 Voting and Other Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-4
     5.05 Allocation of Company Stock Dividends and Splits . .V-5
     5.06 Allocation of Dividends on Company Stock other
          than Stock Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-6

                           ARTICLE VI
                   WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED
     6.01 Financial Hardship Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . VI-1
     6.02 Loans to Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI-5

                           ARTICLE VII
            RETIREMENT, DISABILITY AND DEATH BENEFITS
     7.01 Retirement Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-1
     7.02 Disability Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-1
     7.03 Death Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-2

                          ARTICLE VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
     8.01 Benefits Upon Termination of Employment. . . . . VIII-1
     8.02 Vesting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-2
     8.03 Effect of Termination of Employment; Break in
          Service and Reemployment . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-2
     8.04 Disposition of Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-5

                           ARTICLE IX
                    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
     9.01 Form of Benefits for Retirement and Other
          Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-1
     9.02 Timing of Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-2
     9.03 Direct Rollovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-5

                            ARTICLE X
                         ADMINISTRATION
     10.01     Charter of the Committee. . . . . . . . . . . .X-1
     10.02     Fiduciary Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X-1
     10.03     Conclusiveness of Action. . . . . . . . . . . .X-2
     10.04     Claims Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X-2
     10.05     Payment of Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .X-5
     10.06     Section 404(c) Provisions . . . . . . . . . . .X-6
     10.07     Method of Election or Notice. . . . . . . . . .X-7

                           ARTICLE XI
                      AMENDMENT TO THE PLAN
     11.01     Company's Right to Amend. . . . . . . . . . . XI-1

                           ARTICLE XII
                     TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
     12.01     Company's Right to Terminate. . . . . . . . .XII-1
     12.02     Plan Merger and Consolidation . . . . . . . .XII-1

                          ARTICLE XIII
                   TRUST FUND AND THE TRUSTEE
     13.01     Selection of Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . XIII-1

                           ARTICLE XIV
                 ADOPTION BY ASSOCIATED COMPANY
     14.01     Associated Company Participation. . . . . . .XIV-1
     14.02     Action Binding on Participating Associated
               Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .XIV-1
     14.03     Termination of Participation of Associated
               Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .XIV-2

                           ARTICLE XV
                          MISCELLANEOUS
     15.01     Voluntary Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-1
     15.02     Nonalienation of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . XV-1
     15.03     Inability to Receive Benefits . . . . . . . . XV-2
     15.04     Lost Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-3
     15.05     Limitation of Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-3
     15.06     Invalid Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-3
     15.07     One Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-4
     15.08     Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-4
     15.09     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV-4

                           ARTICLE XVI
                            EXECUTION

                           APPENDIX A
                           DEFINITIONS
     A.1  Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
     A.2  Associated Company . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
     A.3  Beneficiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2
     A.4  Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-3
     A.5  Charter of the Committee . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-3
     A.6  Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-4
     A.7  Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-4
     A.8  Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-4
     A.9  Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-6
     A.10 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-6
     A.11 Eligible Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-6
     A.12 Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-6
     A.13 ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-6
     A.14 Fiduciary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-7
     A.15 Highly Compensated Employee. . . . . . . . Appendix A-7
     A.16 Hour of Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-10
     A.17 Inactive Participant . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-12
     A.18 Investment Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-12
     A.19 Limitation Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-12
     A.20 Non-Highly Compensated Employee. . . . . .Appendix A-13
     A.21 Normal Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-13
     A.23 Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-13
     A.24 Period of Severance. . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-13
     A.25 Permanent and Total Disability . . . . . .Appendix A-15
     A.26 Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-16
     A.27 Plan Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-16
     A.28 Plan Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-16
     A.29 Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-16
     A.30 Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-19
     A.31 Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-19
     A.32 Valuation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix A-19

                           APPENDIX B
                     ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS
     B.1  Basic Limitation on Annual Additions . . . Appendix B-1
     B.2  Participation in this Plan and a Defined Benefit
          Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-4
     B.3  Reduction in Annual Additions and Elimination of
          Excess Amounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B-4


                           APPENDIX C
                      TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
     C.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C-1
     C.2 - Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C-1
     C.3 - Top-Heavy Definition. . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C-5
     C.4 - Vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C-7
     C.5 - Minimum Benefits or Contributions, 
           Compensation Limitations and 
           Section 415 Limitations . . . . . . . . . Appendix C-8

                           APPENDIX D
                    CHARTER OF THE COMMITTEE
     D.1  The Asset Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D-1
     D.2  Investment Managers. . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D-3
     D.3  Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D-4
     D.4  The Retirement Committee and the Welfare Plan
          Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D-6
     D.5  Plan Amendments. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix D-15


<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION

Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle &
Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Plan", effective
June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Plan was amended and restated in
its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Plan was frozen and all
contributions under the Plan were suspended effective January 1,
1989.  Effective January 1, 1989 the Plan was divided into seven
separate plans, each surviving plan covering a separate line of
business within Dole Food Company, Inc.  The assets and
liabilities as of December 31, 1988 applicable to the
participants of each successor plan have been transferred to such
plans.  The assets and liabilities remaining in this Plan cover
the Eligible Employees of Dole Food Company, Inc.

Effective January 1, 1989 the Plan is reactivated and renamed the
"Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried Employees of Dole Food
Company, Inc. and Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries." 
Participant Pre-tax Deferrals and related Company Matching
Contributions were reactivated effective February 1, 1989. 
Effective January 1, 1989, the reactivated Plan is also amended
and restated in this document to make various plan design
changes.

Effective January 1, 1993, Plans 067, 070, 071, 072, 073, 074,
075, 078 and 079 were merged into this Plan, with this Plan (Plan
060) the survivor of such merger.  This restated Plan is designed
to satisfy the requirements of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and
subsequent legislation for all plans which were merged into this
Plan.

The Plan as amended and restated is intended to qualify under
Code Section 401(a).  It also includes a cash or deferred
arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).

The purpose of this Plan is to enable employees to accumulate
capital for retirement through a convenient method of regular
savings in a tax-efficient manner and matching Company
contributions.
<PAGE>
                            ARTICLE I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

1.01 Contribution of Participant Deferrals
     (a)  Pre-Tax Deferrals
          The Company or a Participating Affiliate shall
          contribute Pre-Tax Deferrals according to the Operating
          Company Appendix applicable to each Participant.

     (b)  Status of Pre-tax Deferrals
          Participant Pre-tax Deferrals under this Section are
          made by payroll deductions authorized by the
          Participant and are to be contributed to the Plan by
          the Company.  Participant Pre-tax Deferrals constitute
          Company contributions under the Plan and are intended
          to qualify as elective contributions under Code Section
          401(k).

     (c)  Calendar Year Limitation
          Notwithstanding the provisions of the Operating Company
          Appendices, once a Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals
          reach the annual calendar year limitation under Code
          Section 402(g)(1), as adjusted annually under Code
          Section 402(g)(5), all subsequent deferrals will be
          suspended for the remainder of the calendar year.

          The Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals will automatically
          resume on the first day of the first payroll period
          which coincides with or next follows the following
          January 1.  Unless the Participant elects to change his
          Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate according to
          Subsection (b) above, his Pre-tax Deferrals will resume
          at the percentage rate in effect on the date of the
          suspension.

          If for any reason a Participant's total elective
          deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
          402(g)(3)) to all his employer's plans exceeds the
          annual calendar year limitation under Code Section
          402(g)(1), as adjusted annually under Code Section
          402(g)(5), the Participant may elect distribution of
          the portion of the excess held in this Plan, provided
          such election is made no later than March 1 of the
          following calendar year.  Such distribution will be
          made no later than April 15 of the following calendar
          year.

1.02 Limitation on Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals
     (a)  Notwithstanding Section 1.01 and the Operating Company
          Appendices, the Pre-tax Deferral percentage rates
          elected by one or more Participants under Section 1.01
          will be modified as provided in Subsection (c) below if
          the requirements of Subsection (b) below are not
          satisfied.

     (b)  For each Plan Year an "Actual Deferral Percentage" will
          be determined for each Participant eligible to make
          Pre-tax Deferrals according to Section 3.01(c).  Such
          percentage will be determined by dividing the
          Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals allocated to his
          Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
          Deferral Account during the Plan Year, if any, by his
          Earnings, as defined in Section B.1(c) of Appendix B,
          including salary reductions elected by the Participant
          for the Plan Year.

          The average of the Actual Deferral Percentages for all
          eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
          Employees for the Plan Year (the "High Average"), when
          compared to the average of the Actual Deferral
          Percentages for all eligible Participants who are
          Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year (the
          "Low Average"), must meet one of the following
          requirements:

          (1)  The High Average must be no greater than the Low
               Average times one and twenty-five hundredths; or

          (2)  The excess of the High Average over the Low
               Average must not be greater than two percentage
               points and the High Average must be no greater
               than the Low Average times two.

     (c)  If the Plan Administrator determines, in its
          discretion, that Participants' Pre-tax Deferrals for a
          Plan Year will not meet one of the requirements of
          Subsection (b), the Plan Administrator may suspend or
          reduce future Pre-tax Deferrals of certain Participants
          who are Highly Compensated Employees to the extent
          necessary to meet the requirements.  The suspension or
          reduction of Participants' future deferrals will be
          accomplished by reducing the deferral percentage rate
          of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in
          order of their Actual Deferral Percentage rates,
          beginning with the Participant with the highest
          percentage rate and decreasing in descending order
          until one of the requirements of Subsection (b) is met.

          If Participants' Pre-tax Deferrals actually made for a
          Plan Year do not meet one of the requirements of
          Subsection (b), the Plan Administrator will determine,
          in its discretion, the amount of Pre-tax Deferrals of
          certain Participants who are Highly Compensated
          Employees which must be reduced in order to meet one of
          the requirements of Subsection (b).  The amount of the
          reduction in Participants' Pre-tax Deferrals will be
          accomplished by reducing the actual Pre-tax Deferrals
          of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees in
          order of their Actual Deferral Percentage rates,
          beginning with the Participant with the highest
          percentage rate and decreasing actual Pre-tax Deferrals
          in descending order until one of the requirements of
          Subsection (b) is met.

          The amount of the reduction attributable to each
          Participant (and any income allocated to such
          reduction) will be distributed to the Participant on or
          before the last day of the immediately following Plan
          Year.

          Alternatively, the Company may make Nonelective
          Contributions pursuant to Section 1.05 in order to
          satisfy one of the requirements of Subsection (b),
          above.

     (d)  The Plan Administrator's determination under Subsection
          (c) will be made in a reasonable, consistent, and
          nondiscriminatory manner.  The Plan Administrator will
          not be liable to any Participant (or his Beneficiary,
          if applicable) for any losses caused by inaccurately
          estimating the amount of any Participant's Pre-tax
          Deferrals or the earnings attributable to such Pre-tax
          Deferrals.

     (e)  Any Matching Contributions associated with Pre-Tax
          Deferrals that are reduced according to Subsection (c),
          above, will be forfeited and used to reduce future
          Matching Contributions.

     (f)  This Section 1.02 will be applied before taking into
          account any reductions in, or repayments of, Pre-tax
          Deferrals required by Sections 1.01 and Section B.3 of
          Appendix B.

1.03 Matching Contributions
     The Company will make Matching Contributions as set forth in
     the Operating Company Appendices.

1.04 Profit Sharing Contributions
     The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
     Company and the Participating Affiliates, if any, for each
     Plan Year will be determined according to the Operating
     Company Appendices. 

1.05 Nonelective Contributions
     The Company may make Nonelective Contributions which qualify
     as Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as defined in Code
     Section 401(m)(4)(C), to the extent necessary to satisfy the
     nondiscrimination tests described in Section 1.02(b) of the
     Plan.  The Company shall not be required to make a
     Nonelective Contribution for any Plan Year, and the
     Company's Board shall have the sole discretion to determine
     whether any such contribution shall be made for a Plan Year. 
     The Board may separately specify the Nonelective
     Contributions, if any, to be made to the Participants
     covered by each of the Operating Company Appendices.

1.06 Limitation on Reversion of Contributions
     Except as provided in Subsections (a), (b) and (c) below,
     contributions made under the Plan are held for the exclusive
     benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries and may not
     revert to the Company.

     (a)  A contribution which is made by a mistake of fact, may
          be returned to the Company within one year after it is
          contributed to the Plan.

     (b)  All Company contributions to the Plan are conditioned
          on their deductibility under Code Section 404.  To the
          extent the deduction is disallowed, the amount
          disallowed may be returned to the Company within one
          year after the disallowance.

     (c)  All contributions to the Plan are conditioned on the
          Plan's initial qualification under Code Section 401(a). 
          If the Plan does not so qualify, any contributions may
          be returned to the Company within one year after the
          qualification is denied.

1.07 Limitation of Liability
     Each payment to the Trust Fund pursuant to Section 1.01(a)
     equal to the amount of a Participant's Pre-tax Deferral is
     in complete discharge of the financial obligations of the
     Company under the Plan with respect to the Participant's
     corresponding reduction in Compensation.

1.08 Make-Up Contributions
     In addition to other Company contributions described in this
     Article I, the Company may make special make-up
     contributions to the Plan, if necessary.  A make-up
     contribution will be necessary if there are insufficient
     forfeitures under the Plan to restore a Participant's
     Matching Contributions Account or Profit Sharing
     Contributions Account according to Section 8.03, if a
     Participant or Beneficiary's Accounts must be reinstated
     according to Section 15.04, or if a mistake or omission in
     the allocation of contributions is discovered and cannot be
     corrected by revising prior allocations.

1.09 Employer Aggregation Rules
     For purposes of Section 1.02 and 2.05, Pre-tax Deferrals and
     Matching Contributions that are made under two or more plans
     that are aggregated for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4)
     and 410(b) (other than Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to
     be treated as made under a single plan.  If two or more
     plans are permissively aggregated for purposes of Sections
     1.02 or 2.05, such aggregated plans must satisfy Code
     Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) as though they were a single
     plan.  The actual deferral percent and actual contribution
     percent of a Highly Compensated Employee will be determined
     by treating all plans subject to Sections 1.02 or 2.05 under
     which the Highly Compensated Employee is eligible as a
     single plan.

1.10 Family Aggregation Rules
     (a)  A Highly Compensated Employee who is either
          (1)  a 5% owner, or
          (2)  one of the 10 most Highly Compensated Employees,
               is subject to the family aggregation rules of Code
               Section 414(q)(6) as described below.

     (b)  The actual deferral percent (ADP) and actual
          contribution percent (ACP) (determined separately) for
          the family group is the ADP and ACP determined by
          combining the contributions and Earnings of all
          eligible Family Members.

          Except to the extent taken into account under this
          Subsection (b), the contributions and Earnings of all
          Family Members are disregarded in determining the ADP
          and ACP for the groups of Highly Compensated and
          Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

     (c)  Family Members means with respect to an employee, such
          employee's spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants and
          their spouses.

     (d)  If the ADP and/or ACP of a Highly Compensated Employee
          is determined under the above family aggregation rules
          and the tests of Sections 1.02 and/or 2.05 are not
          satisfied, the ADP and/or ACP shall be reduced in
          accordance with the leveling method and excess
          contributions and/or excess aggregate contributions
          shall be allocated among such Family Members in
          proportion to their contributions.

1.11 Rollover Contributions
     (a)  Effective on or after April 1, 1993, an Eligible
          Employee, regardless of whether he or she has satisfied
          the participation requirements of section 3.01, may, in
          accordance with procedures prescribed by the Plan
          Administrator, (1) have any portion of an "Eligible
          Rollover Distribution" (as defined in Section
          402(f)(2)(A) of the Code) paid directly to the Trust
          from another trust qualified under Section 401(a) of
          the Code; (2) within 60 days of receipt of an Eligible
          Rollover Distribution, pay any portion of the Eligible
          Rollover Distribution to the Trust; or (3) within 60
          days of receipt of a distribution from a conduit IRA,
          pay any portion of the distribution to the Trust. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount transferred
          to the Trust must be in the form of cash.

     (b)  The Plan Administrator shall develop such procedures,
          and may require such information from an Eligible
          Employee desiring to make such a transfer, as it deems
          necessary or desirable to determine that the proposed
          transfer will meet the requirements of this section. 
          Upon approval by the Plan Administrator, the amount
          transferred shall be deposited in the Trust and shall
          be credited to the Eligible Employee's Rollover
          Account.  Such account shall be 100% vested in the
          Eligible Employee, but shall not share in allocations
          of Matching Contributions or forfeitures.

     (c)  Upon such transfer by an Eligible Employee who has not
          yet completed the participation requirements of Section
          3.01, his or her Rollover Account shall represent his
          or her sole interest in the Plan until he or she
          becomes a Participant under Article III.

     (d)  Upon such transfer, the Eligible Employee shall have
          the right and obligation to designate in which of the
          Investment Funds his or her Rollover Account will be
          invested.  Such designation shall be made in
          conformance with procedures established by the Plan
          Administrator.  The Plan Administrator may establish
          any other rules and regulations regarding the
          investment of a Participant's Rollover Account as it
          deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS

2.01 Participant Accounts
     The Plan Administrator will maintain the Accounts for each
     Participant as set forth in the Operating Company Appendix
     applicable to that Participant:

2.02 Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures
     Company Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus
     forfeitures arising from Participant Profit Sharing
     Contributions Account balances which are available for
     reallocation in a Plan Year shall be allocated according to
     the Operating Company Appendices.

2.03 Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
     Company contributions which result from a Participant's
     Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated according to the
     Operating Company Appendix applicable to the Participant.  

2.04 Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
     Company Matching Contributions and forfeitures arising from
     Participants' Matching Contributions Account balances which
     are available for reallocation will be allocated according
     to the Operating Company Appendix applicable to the
     Participant.  

2.05 Limitation On Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
     (a)  Notwithstanding Section 2.04 and the Operating Company
          Appendices, the Company Matching Contributions
          allocated to one or more Participants will be modified
          as provided in Subsection (c) below if the requirements
          of Subsection (b) below are not satisfied.

     (b)  For each Plan Year an "Actual Contribution Percentage"
          will be determined for each Participant.  Such
          percentage will be determined by dividing the Matching
          Contributions allocated to the Participant's Matching
          Contributions Account during the Plan Year, if any, by
          his Earnings, as defined in Section B.1(c) of Appendix
          B, including salary reductions elected by the
          Participant for the Plan Year.

          The average of the Actual Contribution Percentages for
          all Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
          for the Plan Year (the "High Average"), when compared
          to the average of the Actual Contribution Percentages
          for all Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
          Employees for the Plan Year (the "Low Average"), must
          meet one of the following requirements:

          (1)  The High Average must be no greater than the Low
               Average times one and twenty-five hundredths; or

          (2)  The excess of the High Average over the Low
               Average must not be greater than two percentage
               points and the High Average must be no greater
               than the Low Average times two.

     (c)  If the Plan Administrator determines, in its
          discretion, that allocations of Matching Contributions
          to Participants' Matching Contributions Accounts for a
          Plan Year do not meet one of the requirements of
          Subsection (b), the Plan Administrator will reduce
          allocations of Matching Contributions to the Matching
          Contributions Accounts of certain Participants who are
          Highly Compensated Employees to the extent necessary to
          meet the requirements.  The reduction will be
          accomplished by reducing the allocations to the
          Matching Contributions Accounts of Participants who are
          Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual
          Contribution Percentage rates, beginning with the
          Participant with the highest percentage rate and
          decreasing in descending order until one of the
          requirements of Subsection (b) is met.  The reduced
          amounts will either be returned to affected
          Participants or forfeited as follows:

          (1)  Vested Portions will be returned, adjusted by
               gains or loss allocable thereto, to affected
               Participants by the end of the following Plan
               Year; or

          (2)  Nonvested amounts will be forfeited and
               reallocated together with gain or loss allocable
               thereto, according to Section 2.04.

     (d)  The Plan Administrator's determination under Subsection
          (c) will be made in a reasonable, consistent, and
          nondiscriminatory manner.  The Plan Administrator will
          not be liable to any Participant (or his Beneficiary,
          if applicable) for any losses caused by inaccurately
          estimating the amount of any Company Matching
          Contributions.

2.06 Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
     Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated according to
     the Operating Company Appendices.  

2.07 Allocation of Other Contributions
     The allocation of any contributions not specified above
     shall be as set forth in the Operating Company Appendices.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.01 Participation in the Plan
     Participation in the Plan is determined according to the
     Operating Company Appendices.

3.02 Enrollment in the Plan
     A Participant must complete and file a form on which he
     designates a Beneficiary.  In addition, if he wishes to make
     Pre-tax Deferrals, he must authorize his Employer to reduce
     his Compensation by the amount of the deferrals according to
     Section 1.01, if applicable, and he must designate the
     allocation of his Pre-tax Deferrals among the Investments
     Funds.  The form must be delivered to the Plan Administrator
     according to the rules established by the Plan
     Administrator.

     If a Participant declines to make Pre-tax Deferrals when
     first eligible, he may elect to make such deferrals
     beginning as of the first day of the first payroll period
     which coincides with or next follows the first day of any
     subsequent calendar quarter, provided he delivers a
     completed election form to the Plan Administrator according
     to the rules established by the Plan Administrator.

3.03 Reemployment
     A Participant whose employment with all Associated Companies
     terminated and who is subsequently reemployed and becomes an
     Eligible Employee again, becomes a Participant on the date
     he becomes an Eligible Employee again.  If he was eligible
     to make Pre-tax Deferrals according to Section 3.01(c) on
     the date he terminated employment, he may begin Pre-tax
     Deferrals on the first day of the payroll period that
     coincides with or follows the date he again becomes an
     Eligible Employee.  If he was not eligible to make Pre-tax
     Deferrals according to Section 3.01(c) on the date he
     terminated employment, he may only begin Pre-tax Deferrals
     as provided in Section 3.01(c).

3.04 Employment After Normal Retirement Date
     A Participant who continues employment as an Eligible
     Employee after his Normal Retirement Date continues to be a
     Participant for all purposes of the Plan.

3.05 Termination of Participation
     A Participant will cease to be a Participant on the date on
     which he or his Beneficiary receives distribution of the
     entire Vested Portion of his Accounts under the Plan due to
     his termination of employment for any reason, retirement,
     death or Permanent and Total Disability.

3.06 Inactive Participation and Transfers    
     (a)  Transfers from Eligible Employee Status
          (1)  A Participant who either transfers to an
               Associated Company which does not participate in
               the Plan or to an employment status with an
               Associated Company in which he is no longer an
               Eligible Employee becomes an Inactive Participant. 
               An Inactive Participant is not eligible to make
               Pre-tax Deferrals from his Compensation earned
               after the date of his transfer.  Matching
               Contributions shall not be allocated to his
               Accounts after the date of his transfer.  Profit
               Sharing Contributions shall be allocated to his
               Accounts after the date of his transfer in
               accordance with Section 2.02.

          (2)  If a Participant becomes an Inactive Participant,
               his Accounts will continue to be held under the
               Plan until he becomes entitled to a distribution
               under the provisions of Articles VII and VIII.  An
               Inactive Participant will continue to have the
               right to direct the investment of his Accounts
               under the provisions of Article V and to make
               withdrawals under the provisions of Article VI.

          (3)  Notwithstanding subsection (a)(2), effective April
               1, 1993, if an Inactive Participant transfers to
               an Associated Company which maintains a plan that
               will accept a transfer of such Inactive
               Participant's Accounts from this Plan, the
               Accounts of the Inactive Participant shall be
               transferred to such Associated Company's plan as
               soon as administratively practicable.

     (b)  Transfers to Eligible Employee Status

          (1)  An employee who transfers to an employment status
               with an Associated Company in which he is an
               Eligible Employee will become a Participant
               pursuant to Section 3.01.  He will not be eligible
               to make Pre-tax Contributions from his
               Compensation earned while he was not a
               Participant.  Matching Contributions and Profit
               Sharing Contributions to his Accounts will not be
               based on his Compensation earned before the date
               he transferred and became a Participant.

          (2)  Effective April 1, 1993, if an Eligible Employee
               described in subsection (b)(1) transfers from an
               Associated Company which maintains a plan that
               permits the transfer of such Participant's
               Accounts to this Plan, the Accounts of such
               Participant shall be transferred to this Plan as
               soon as administratively practicable.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE IV
      LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

4.01 Section 415 Limitations
     Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the Annual
     Additions to all the Accounts of a Participant shall not
     exceed the lesser of $30,000 (or, if greater, 1/4 of the
     defined benefit dollar limitation in effect under Section
     415(b)(1) of the Code for the Limitation Year) or 25% of the
     Participant's Earnings from the Company and all Associated
     Companies during the Plan Year, in accordance with the
     provisions of Appendix B attached hereto.

4.02 Top-Heavy Plan Requirements
     Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, for any Plan
     Year for which this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, as defined in
     Section C.2 of Appendix C attached hereto, this Plan will be
     subject to the provisions of Appendix C.

<PAGE>
                            ARTICLE V
          INVESTMENTS:  ALLOCATION OF GAINS AND LOSSES

5.01 Investment of Accounts
     Each Participant's Accounts are invested in the Trust Fund. 
     Each Participant has the right to direct the investment of
     his Accounts in any of the Plan's currently active
     Investment Funds.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective
     April 1, 1993, Participants in Operating Company Appendix
     067 shall not be permitted to direct the investment of their
     accounts.  An asset manager appointed in accordance with the
     Charter of the Corporate Compensation & Benefits Committee,
     will select the Investment Funds available under the Plan
     and the terms under which such Investment Funds will be
     available.  Such asset manager may select an Investment Fund
     consisting of Company stock.  The Investment Fund
     established for Company stock is not currently active, and
     contains only investments previously made; based upon those
     investments, up to one hundred percent of the assets of the
     Plan may be invested in such Company stock. 

     Upon enrollment, re-enrollment, and as of the first day of
     the first payroll period which coincides with or next
     follows any January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 the
     Participant may designate the Investment Fund(s) in which
     his future Pre-tax Deferrals, Matching Contributions,
     Nonelective Contributions, if any, and Profit Sharing
     Contributions, if any, are invested.  The Plan Administrator
     will establish uniform nondiscriminatory rules regarding the
     designation of Investment Funds.

5.02 Transfers of Existing Account Balances Between 
     Investment Funds
     Each Participant or former Participant who has not received
     a distribution of the Vested Portion of his Accounts, has
     the right as of the first day of the first payroll period
     which coincides with or next follows any January 1, April 1,
     July 1 and October 1 to have all or part of his Accounts and
     Rollover Account transferred between the currently active
     Investment Funds.  The Plan Administrator will establish
     uniform and nondiscriminatory rules regarding the transfer
     of assets between Investment Funds.

5.03 Allocation of Investment Fund Gains and Losses
     As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator will
     determine the net investment gain or loss, after adjustment
     for applicable expenses, if any, of each Investment Fund
     since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.

     The net investment gain or loss of each such Investment Fund
     will be apportioned to each Participant's Account.  The
     apportionment will be in the same proportions as the
     following for the Participant bears to the total of the
     following for all Participants:

     (1)  The balance of the Participant's Account which was held
          in such Investment Fund as of the immediately preceding
          Valuation Date;

     (2)  One-half of the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals and
          Nonelective Contributions, if any, and one-half of the
          Participant's Matching Contributions, if any, allocated
          to the Account since the immediately preceding
          Valuation Date which were directed by the Participant
          to be invested in such Investment Fund;

     (3)  An adjustment to reflect the full amount of transfers,
          to or from the portion of the Account invested in such
          Investment Fund, which were made effective after the
          allocation of gains or losses as of the immediately
          preceding Valuation Date; and

     (4)  A reduction to reflect (1) the full amount of any
          distributions and (2) one-half of any in-service
          withdrawals paid from the portion of the Account
          invested in such Investment Fund and paid after the
          allocation of gains or losses as of the immediately
          preceding Valuation Date.

     At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, the Investment
     Funds may be valued, and their net investment gain or loss
     may be apportioned to each Participant's Account, more
     frequently than each Valuation Date.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, the Plan Administrator may
     use any reasonable method for making such allocations,
     provided that the method must result in the investment gains
     or losses being generally allocated on the basis of Account
     balances.

5.04 Voting and Other Rights
     Full and fractional shares of Company stock allocated to a
     Participant's Accounts will be voted by the Trustee
     according to the Participant's instructions.  The Trustee
     will not vote shares of stock allocated to Participant's
     Accounts for which instructions are not received from
     Participants.

     If the Company and the Trustee agree, the Trustee may deal
     directly with Participants on the pass-through of voting
     rights.  Otherwise, the Company may do so and then transmit
     to the Trustee the results of the voting instructions
     received from Participants.  In either case, management and
     others may solicit and exercise Participants' voting rights
     under the same proxy rules applicable to all stockholders. 
     The Company will ensure that forms for voting instructions,
     together with all information distributed to shareholders
     regarding the exercise of voting rights, are furnished to
     the Trustee and to Participants within a reasonable time
     before the voting rights are to be exercised.

     Shareholder rights, other than voting rights, which can be
     exercised by Participants may be passed through to
     Participants and exercised in a similar manner to voting
     rights or will be exercised in such other manner as is
     legally required.  However, where the circumstances (such as
     the lack of time or the lack of liquid funds to satisfy a
     requirement to pay for additional shares of stock) make it
     impractical to pass such rights through to Participants and
     no other specific legal requirement exists, the rights will
     be exercised (or sold) by the Trustee in a manner that the
     Trustee deems prudent under the circumstances and otherwise
     consistent with the fiduciary standards of ERISA.

5.05 Allocation of Company Stock Dividends and Splits 
     Company stock received by the Trust as a result of a stock
     split or stock dividend on Company stock held in
     Participants' Accounts will be allocated as of the Valuation
     Date coinciding with or following the date of such split or
     dividend, to each Participant who has such an Account.  The
     amount allocated will bear substantially the same proportion
     to the total number of shares received as the number of
     shares in the Participant's Account bears to the total
     number of shares allocated to such Accounts of all
     Participants immediately before the allocation.  The shares
     will be allocated to the nearest thousandth of a share.

5.06 Allocation of Dividends on Company Stock other than Stock
     Dividends
     Cash or other property received by the Trust as a result of
     a dividend payment on Company stock held in Participants'
     Accounts will be allocated as of the Valuation Date
     coinciding with or following the date of such dividend to
     each Participant who has such an Account.  The amount
     allocated will bear substantially the same proportion to the
     total value of the cash or other property received as the
     number of shares in the Participant's Account bears to the
     total number of shares allocated to such Accounts of all
     Participants immediately before the allocation.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE VI
                   WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

6.01 Financial Hardship Withdrawals
     (a)  A Participant who is actively employed, or who is
          terminated but has not received a distribution of his
          Accounts, or who is on an approved leave of absence may
          request a withdrawal from his Accounts to the extent
          necessary to meet a financial hardship.  The withdrawal
          request must be on forms provided by the Plan
          Administrator.

     (b)  A withdrawal must be on account of a hardship.  A
          withdrawal will be deemed to be on account of a
          hardship if:

          (1)  The distribution is for the purpose of:

               (A)  paying medical expenses described in Code
                    Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant,
                    his spouse or his dependents or necessary to
                    obtain such medical care;

               (B)  purchasing the Participant's principal
                    residence (excluding mortgage payments);

               (C)  paying tuition and related educational fees
                    for the next 12 months of post-secondary
                    education for the Participant, or the
                    Participant's spouse, children or dependents;

               (D)  preventing the Participant's eviction from 
                    his principal residence or foreclosure on the
                    mortgage on the Participant's principal
                    residence; or

               (E)  any other purpose specified by the Internal
                    Revenue Service as a deemed immediate and
                    heavy financial need; and

          (2)  All of the following are satisfied:

               (A)  the distribution is not in excess of the
                    amount of the financial need (including taxes
                    or penalties reasonably anticipated from the
                    distribution) created by the hardship;

               (B)  the Participant has obtained all
                    distributions, other than hardship
                    withdrawals, and all nontaxable loans under
                    the Plan or any other plan maintained by an
                    Employer;

               (C)  the Participant does not make Pre-tax
                    Deferrals to this Plan or any other plan
                    maintained by an Employer for at least twelve
                    months after he receives the hardship
                    distribution; and

               (D)  the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals made in
                    the calendar year immediately following the
                    calendar year in which the withdrawal occurs
                    do not exceed the limitation of Code Section
                    402(g) (as adjusted) for such calendar year,
                    less the Participants Pre-tax Deferrals made
                    in the calendar year in which the withdrawal
                    was received.

               The Plan Administrator will determine whether the
               Participant has met the requirements of Subsection
               (1) and (2) above.

          (3)  The amount to be withdrawn may not exceed the
               smaller of:

               (a)  the total value of the Participant's Matched
                    Pre-tax Deferral Account, his Unmatched Pre-
                    tax Deferral Account, the Vested Portion of
                    his Matching Contributions Account, and the
                    Vested Portion of his Profit Sharing
                    Contributions Account as of the Valuation
                    Date preceding the date on which such
                    withdrawal occurs, and

               (b)  the amount necessary to meet the
                    Participant's financial hardship.

          If less than the total value of the Participant's
          Accounts will be distributed, the distribution will be
          first from the Vested Portion of the Participant's
          Profit Sharing Contributions Account until it is
          exhausted, then from the Vested Portion of his Matching
          Contributions Account until it is exhausted, then from
          his Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account until it is
          exhausted, and finally from his Matched Pre-tax
          Deferral Account until it is exhausted.

          Effective January 1, 1989, a Participant may not
          withdraw any earnings credited to his Pre-tax Deferral
          Account and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account on and
          after such date.

6.02 Loans to Participants
     (a)  Effective April 1, 1993, each Participant shall have
          the right, subject to prior approval by the Plan
          Administrator, to borrow from his Accounts. 
          Application for a loan must be submitted by a
          Participant to the Plan Administrator on such form(s)
          as the Plan Administrator may require.  Approval shall
          be granted or denied as specified in subsection (b), on
          the terms specified in subsection (c).

     (b)  The Plan Administrator shall grant any loan which meets
          each of the requirements of paragraphs (1) through (4)
          below:

          (1)  The amount of the loan, when added to the
               outstanding balance of all other loans to the
               Participant from the Plan or any other qualified
               plan of an Associated Company, shall not exceed
               the lesser of:

               (A)  $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of a
                    Participant's highest outstanding balance of
                    all loans from the Plan or any other
                    qualified plan maintained by an Associated
                    Company during the preceding 12 months over
                    the outstanding balance of such loans on the
                    loan date, or

               (B)  50% of the value of the vested balance of the
                    Participant's Accounts established as of the
                    Valuation Date preceding the date upon which
                    the loan is made;

          (2)  The amount of the loan repaid through payroll
               deductions shall not exceed 25% of the
               Participant's base salary paid by the Employer
               during each such payroll period;

          (3)  The loan shall be for at least $500; and

          (4)  No more than one loan may be outstanding to a
               Participant at any time.

     (c)  Each loan granted shall, by its terms, satisfy each of
          the following additional requirements:

          (1)  Each loan must be repaid within five years except
               that if the Plan Administrator is satisfied that
               the loan proceeds will be used to purchase the
               principal residence of the Participant, the Plan
               Administrator may establish a term of up to ten
               years;

          (2)  Each loan must require substantially level
               amortization over the term of the loan, with
               payments not less frequently than quarterly; and

          (3)  Each loan must be adequately secured, with the
               security to consist of the balance of the
               Participant's Accounts.

               (A)  In the case of any Participant who is an
                    active Eligible Employee, or an Employee on a
                    leave of absence or on short term disability
                    but still receiving regular paychecks,
                    automatic payroll deductions shall be
                    required as additional security.

               (B)  In the case of any other Participant, the
                    outstanding loan balance may at no time
                    exceed 50% of the outstanding vested balance
                    of the Participant's Accounts.  If such limit
                    is at any time exceeded, or if the
                    Participant fails to make timely repayment,
                    the loan shall be treated as in default and
                    become immediately payable in full.

          (4)  Each loan shall bear a reasonable rate of
               interest, which rate shall be established by the
               Plan Administrator from time to time and shall in
               no event be less than 1% above the prime rate
               published in the Wall Street Journal on the last
               business day of the month immediately preceding
               the month in which the loan is approved.

     (d)  A Participant's loan shall be treated as a separate
          investment of the Participant's Accounts from which it
          is made and the entire gain or loss attributable to the
          loan (including any gain or loss attributable to
          interest payments or default) shall be allocated to
          such Accounts of the Participant.  Similarly, repayment
          of each loan or any portion thereof shall be credited
          to such Accounts.

     (e)  All loan payments shall be transmitted by the Employer
          to the Trustee as soon as practicable but not later
          than 30 days after such amounts are received or
          withheld.  Each loan may be prepaid in full at any time
          after it has been outstanding for six months, and may
          not be previously prepaid except upon termination of
          employment where a Participant elects to receive a
          distribution of his Accounts.  Partial prepayment is
          not permitted.  Any prepayment shall be paid directly
          to the Trustee in accordance with procedures adopted by
          the Plan Administrator.

     (f)  Each loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note
          executed by the Participant and payable in full to the
          Trustee, not later than the earliest of (1) a fixed
          maturity date meeting the requirements of subsection
          (c)(1) above, (2) the Participant's death, or (3) the
          termination of the Plan.  Such promissory note shall
          evidence such terms as are required by this section.

     (g)  A one-time administrative fee, in an amount determined
          by the Plan Administrator, shall be charged against the
          Accounts of the Participant as of the date the loan is
          approved.  Thereafter, an ongoing administrative fee,
          in an amount determined by the Plan Administrator,
          shall be charged each calendar quarter against the
          Accounts of the Participant.  The ongoing
          administrative fee shall be charged as of the first day
          of each calendar quarter beginning with the first
          calendar quarter immediately following the date the
          loan is approved.  Such fees shall be used to pay only
          those expenses of the Plan not otherwise paid by the
          Employer.

     (h)  The Plan Administrator shall have the power to modify
          the above rules or establish any additional rules with
          respect to loans extended pursuant to this section. 
          Such rules may be included in a separate document or
          documents and shall be considered a part of this Plan;
          provided, each rule and each loan shall be made only in
          accordance with the regulations and rulings of the
          Internal Revenue Service and Department of Labor and
          other applicable state or federal law.  The Plan
          Administrator shall act in its sole discretion to
          ascertain whether the requirements of such regulations
          and rulings and this section have been met.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE VII
            RETIREMENT, DISABILITY AND DEATH BENEFITS

7.01 Retirement Benefits
     The retirement benefit payable under the Plan in the case of
     a Participant whose employment with all Associated Companies
     terminates on or after his Normal Retirement Date is one
     hundred percent of the value of all his Accounts on his
     Distribution Date.  The Participant's Distribution Date is
     the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately following
     the date he terminates employment.

7.02 Disability Benefits
     The disability benefit payable under the Plan in the case of
     a Participant whose employment with all Associated Companies
     terminates because he is Permanently and Totally Disabled is
     one hundred percent of the value of all his Accounts on his
     Distribution Date.  The Participant's Distribution Date is
     whichever of the following dates he elects:

     (a)  The Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
          following the date he is determined to be Permanently
          and Totally Disabled;

     (b)  The first Valuation Date following the end of the Plan
          Year in which he terminates; or

     (c)  The Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
          following the date he reaches age sixty-five.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may elect a
     Distribution Date which is earlier than the dates specified
     in Subsections (a), (b) or (c), above, which may include a
     Distribution Date on which an interim (or partial)
     distribution is made as well as a Distribution Date on which
     a final (reconciling) distribution is made.  Such interim
     Distribution Date shall be based on the immediately
     preceding Valuation Date.  Such final (or reconciling)
     Distribution Date shall be based on the Valuation Date
     coinciding with or immediately following the Valuation Date
     for the calendar quarter in which the Participant completes
     the appropriate distribution forms.

7.03 Death Benefits
     The death benefit payable to a Beneficiary under the Plan in
     the case of a Participant whose employment with all
     Associated Companies terminates due to his death (or who
     dies after termination of employment under Sections 7.01 and
     7.02, but before his Distribution Date under such Sections)
     is one hundred percent of the value of all his Accounts on
     the Distribution Date.  The Distribution Date with respect
     to such Participant is the Valuation Date coinciding with or
     immediately following the date the Participant dies.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

8.01 Benefits Upon Termination of Employment
     The benefit payable under the Plan in the case of a
     Participant whose employment with all Associated Companies
     terminates for any reason other than because he became
     Permanently and Totally Disabled, died, or retired on or
     after his Normal Retirement Date is the Vested Portion
     (determined pursuant to Section 8.02) of the value of each
     of his Accounts on his Distribution Date.  The Participant's
     Distribution Date is whichever of the following dates he
     elects:

     (a)  The Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
          following the date he terminates employment;

     (b)  The first Valuation Date following the end of the Plan
          Year in which he terminates; or

     (c)  Any subsequent Valuation Date coinciding with or
          immediately following the date he elects to receive a
          distribution.

8.02 Vesting Requirements
     (a)  The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
          shall be determined according to the Operating Company
          Appendix applicable to that Participant.  

8.03 Effect of Termination of Employment; Break in Service and
     Reemployment
     (a)  If a Participant terminates employment before the
          Vested Portion of his Matching Contributions Account is
          one hundred percent, the non-vested portion of his
          Matching Contributions Account is forfeited on the last
          day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which
          he terminated employment.  If the Participant is
          reemployed before the date on which he incurs a five
          year Period of Severance, the portion of his Matching
          Contributions Account which was forfeited is reinstated
          as of the date he is reemployed.  If the Participant
          later terminates employment before the Vested Portion
          of his Matching Contributions Account is one hundred
          percent, the Vested Portion of such Account will not be
          determined under Section 8.02(b).  Instead, such Vested
          Portion will be determined by multiplying the
          appropriate Vested Portion from Section 8.02(b) times
          the sum of (1) plus (2) below and then subtracting (2)
          from the result.  For this purpose:

          (1)  is the value of the Participant's Matching
               Contributions Account as of the Valuation Date
               coinciding with or immediately following his most
               recent termination of employment; and

          (2)  is the amount previously distributed to the
               Participant from his Matching Contributions
               Account due to his prior termination of
               employment.

     (b)  If a Participant terminates employment before the
          Vested Portion of his Profit Sharing Contributions
          Account is one hundred percent, the non-vested portion
          of his Account is forfeited on the last day of the Plan
          Year following the Plan Year in which he terminated
          employment.  If the Participant is reemployed before
          the date on which he incurs a five year Period of
          Severance, the portion of his Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account which was forfeited is reinstated
          as of the date he is reemployed.  If the Participant
          later terminates employment before the Vested Portion
          of his Profit Sharing Contributions Account is one
          hundred percent, the Vested Portion of such Account
          will not be determined under section 8.02(b).  Instead,
          such Vested Portion will be determined by multiplying
          the appropriate Vested Portion from section 8.02(b)
          times the sum of (1) plus (2) below and then
          subtracting (2) from the result.  For this purpose:

          (1)  is the value of the Participant's Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account as of the Valuation Date
               coinciding with or immediately following his most
               recent termination of employment; and

          (2)  is the amount previously distributed to the
               Participant from his Profit Sharing Contributions
               Account due to his prior termination of
               employment.

     (c)  If a Participant terminates employment before the
          Vested Portion of his Matching Contributions Account
          and his Profit Sharing Contributions Account is one
          hundred percent, and is reemployed after incurring a
          five year Period of Severance, the portions of his
          Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account that were forfeited as a result
          of his termination of employment will not be
          reinstated.

     (d)  Amounts reinstated to a Participant's Accounts under
          subsection (a) and (b) above will be paid from the
          total forfeitures available from other Participants'
          Accounts under Subsections (a) and (b) on the date of
          the reinstatement.  If available forfeitures are
          insufficient to fully reinstate the Participant's
          Accounts, the Company will make an additional
          contribution to the Plan sufficient to fully reinstate
          the Accounts.

8.04 Disposition of Forfeitures
     All amounts forfeited under any provisions of this Plan are
     first applied to reinstate forfeited amounts of other
     Participants pursuant to Section 8.03(a) and (b).  Any
     remaining forfeitures are (unless specifically provided in
     an Operating Company Appendix)  allocated according to
     Sections 2.02 or 2.04, for the Plan Year following the Plan
     Year in which they are forfeited.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE IX
                    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

9.01 Form of Benefits for Retirement and Other Termination
     Amounts distributable pursuant to Articles VII and VIII are, 
     other than amounts invested in Company stock, distributed in
     a single sum payment in cash as of the Participant's
     Distribution Date.

     Amounts distributable pursuant to Articles VII and VIII that
     are invested in Company stock will be distributed, at the
     Participant's election:

     (a)  in a single sum distribution consisting of the whole
          shares of stock held in the Participant's Accounts as
          of the Participant's Distribution Date and a single sum
          payment in cash of the value of the number of partial
          shares held in the Participant's Accounts as of such
          Distribution Date, or

     (b)  in a single sum distribution consisting of a single sum
          payment in cash of the value of the number of whole and
          partial shares held in the Participant's Accounts as of
          such Distribution Date.

     In converting shares to cash for a distribution under (a) or
     (b) above, the number of shares or partial shares to be
     converted will be determined as of the applicable
     Distribution Date and the value of such shares will be
     determined as of the date the shares are actually
     liquidated.  Shares will be liquidated as close as
     practicable to the date the cash value is to be distributed.

9.02 Timing of Distributions
     (a)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles VII and
          VIII, if a Participant's employment terminates for any
          reason (regardless of the value of the Vested Portion
          of all his Accounts) his Distribution Date is the
          Valuation Date he elects pursuant to Section 8.01, and
          if no such election is made, his Distribution Date is
          the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
          following the later of the date he reaches age
          sixty-five or the date which is the tenth anniversary
          of the date he first began participation in this Plan. 
          Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, if a
          distribution is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and
          417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may
          commence less than 30 days after the notice required
          under Treasury Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) is
          given, provided that:  (i) the Plan Administrator
          clearly informs the Participant that the Participant
          has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
          receiving the notice to consider the decision of
          whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if
          applicable, a particular distribution option), and (ii)
          the Participant, after receiving the notice,
          affirmatively elects a distribution.

     (b)  In the event that a Participant terminates employment
          and does not receive a distribution of the entire
          vested portion of his or her Accounts, the
          Participant's Accounts will be invested according to
          the Participant's investment directions.  The
          directions must comply with the requirements of Section
          5.01.

     (c)  In the event that a Participant terminates employment
          and does not receive a distribution of the entire
          vested portion of his or her Accounts, an
          administrative fee, in an amount determined by the Plan
          Administrator, shall be charged each calendar quarter
          against the Accounts of the Participant.  The
          administrative fee shall be charged as of the first day
          of each calendar quarter beginning with the first
          calendar quarter in the Plan Year immediately following
          the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates
          employment.  The administrative fee shall be used to
          pay only those expenses of the Plan not otherwise paid
          by the Employer.

     (d)  If a Participant dies before his Distribution Date, the
          value of his benefit, determined as of the Valuation
          Date coinciding with or immediately following his
          death, will be distributed to his Beneficiary as of
          such Valuation Date.

     (e)  Distributions under the Plan pursuant to Articles VII,
          VIII and IX are made as soon as practicable following
          the applicable Distribution Date but in no event later
          than sixty days after the end of the Plan Year in which
          the Participant reaches age sixty-five, reaches the
          tenth anniversary of the date he began participation in
          the Plan, or terminates employment, whichever is
          latest.  With respect to a Participant who attained age
          seventy and one-half prior to January 1, 1988, his
          interest in this Plan will commence to be distributed
          by the April 1 following the later of the calendar year
          in which he attained age seventy and one-half or the
          calendar year in which he retires.  In addition, the
          interest of a Participant in this Plan who attains age
          seventy and one-half after December 31, 1987 will
          commence to be distributed not later than April 1
          following the calendar year in which the Participant
          attains age seventy and one-half.  Until January 1,
          1993, a Participant's entire Account was distributed
          upon attainment of age 70-1/2; effective January 1,1993
          only the minimum payment shall be made in each year. 
          Distributions for each subsequent Plan Year will be
          adjusted for additional allocations for Participants
          who remain employed after such distributions commence. 
          The provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) are hereby
          incorporated by reference.

9.03 Direct Rollovers
     (a)  The provisions of this Section 9.03 shall apply
          effective as of January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any
          provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
          otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this
          Section 9.03, if a Distributee will receive an Eligible
          Rollover Distribution of at least $200, the Distributee
          may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by
          the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of his or
          her Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
          Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee
          in a Direct Rollover.  Notwithstanding the preceding
          sentence, a Distributee may not elect to have an
          Eligible Rollover Distribution of less than $500 paid
          directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan unless the
          Distributee elects to have his or her entire Eligible
          Rollover Distribution paid directly to the Eligible
          Retirement Plan.

     (b)  For purposes of this section 9.03, an "Eligible
          Rollover Distribution" is any distribution of all or
          any portion of the balance to the credit of the
          Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover
          Distribution does not include:

          (1)  any distribution that is one of a series of
               substantially equal periodic payments (not less
               frequently than annually) made for the life (or
               life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
               lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
               Distributee and the Distributee's designated
               Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
               years or more;

          (2)  any distribution to the extent such distribution
               is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
               and

          (3)  the portion of any distribution that is not
               includable in gross income (determined without
               regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
               appreciation with respect to employer securities).

     (c)  For purposes of this section 9.03, an "Eligible
          Retirement Plan" is an individual retirement account
          described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
          retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the
          Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of
          the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section
          401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's
          Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the case
          of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving
          spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual
          retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

     (d)  For purposes of this section 9.03, a "Distributee"
          includes an Eligible Employee or former Eligible
          Employee.  In addition, the Eligible Employee's or
          former Eligible Employee's surviving spouse and the
          Eligible Employee's or former Eligible Employee's
          spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee
          under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined
          in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with
          regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

     (e)  For purposes of this section 9.03, a "Direct Rollover"
          is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement
          Plan specified by the Distributee.

<PAGE>
                            ARTICLE X
                         ADMINISTRATION

10.01 Charter of the Committee
      The Plan shall be administered by a Plan Administrator
      designated in accordance with the terms of the Charter of
      the Corporate Compensation & Benefits Committee.

10.02 Fiduciary Matters
      (a) A person or group of persons may serve in more than one
          fiduciary capacity.

      (b) Unless otherwise authorized by the United States
          Secretary of Labor, no Fiduciary may maintain the
          indicia of ownership of any assets of the Plan outside
          the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United
          States.

      (c) No Fiduciary may enter into a transaction prohibited by
          ERISA and/or the Code.

      (d) A Fiduciary shall not be liable for the breach of
          another Fiduciary with respect to the Plan unless
          (i) he participates knowingly in, or knowingly
          undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of such
          Fiduciary, knowing such act or omission is a breach,
          (ii) by his failure to comply with his fiduciary duty,
          he has enabled another Fiduciary to commit a breach, or
          (iii) he has knowledge of a breach by another
          Fiduciary, unless he makes reasonable efforts under the
          circumstances to remedy the breach.  A Fiduciary shall
          also not be liable for the acts or omissions of persons
          to whom he has properly allocated or delegated specific
          responsibilities.

      (e) A Fiduciary shall not be liable  for a breach committed
          before he became a Fiduciary or after he ceased to be a
          Fiduciary.

10.03 Conclusiveness of Action
      The Plan Administrator shall have full discretion to
      construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this
      Plan.  Any action on matters within the discretion of the
      Plan Administrator is conclusive, final and binding upon
      all Participants in the Plan and upon all persons claiming
      any rights under the Plan, including Beneficiaries.

10.04 Claims Procedure
      (a) Filing of a Claim
          A claim shall be considered to have been filed when a
          written or oral communication is made by the claimant
          or the claimant's authorized representative which is
          reasonably calculated to bring the claim to the
          attention of the Plan Administrator.  Each person
          entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish to the
          Company and the Trustee such documents, evidence, or
          information as the Company and/or the Trustee consider
          necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering
          the Plan, or to protect the Company and the Trustee,
          and it shall be a condition of the Plan that each
          person must furnish such information promptly and sign
          such documents before any benefits become payable under
          the Plan.

      (b) Notification to Claimant of Decision
          (1)  If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan
               Administrator shall furnish notice of the decision
               to the claimant promptly, and, in any event, not
               later than 90 days after the date of the claim,
               unless special circumstances require an extension
               of time for processing the claim.  If such an
               extension for processing is required, written
               notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
               claimant prior to the termination of the initial
               90-day period, indicating the special
               circumstances requiring an extension of time and
               the date by which the Plan Administrator expects
               to render the final decision.   In no event shall
               such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the
               end of the initial 90-day period.  If notice of
               denial of a claim is not furnished within the
               periods specified above, the claim shall be deemed
               denied and the claimant shall be permitted to
               proceed to the review stage described in
               Subparagraph (c) below.

          (2)  Every claim for benefits which is denied shall be
               denied by written notice setting forth in a manner
               calculated to be understood by the claimant
               (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial,
               (ii) specific reference to any provisions of the
               Plan on which denial is based, (iii) description
               of any additional material or information
               necessary for the claimant to perfect his claim
               with an explanation of why such material or
               information is necessary, and (iv) an explanation
               of the procedure for further reviewing the denial
               of the claim under the Plan.

      (c) Review Procedure
          Upon a denial of a claim, the claimant or his duly
          authorized representative shall have the right to
          review pertinent documents and may submit issues and
          comments to the Plan Administrator in writing.

      (d) Decision Upon Review
          The Plan Administrator shall issue a decision
          concerning the review of the claim promptly, and in any
          such event, not later than 60 days after receipt for
          review from a claimant unless special circumstances,
          such as the need to hold a hearing, require a longer
          period of time, in which case a decision shall be
          rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120
          days after receipt of the claimant's request for
          review.  If such an extension of time for review is
          required because of special circumstances, written
          notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
          claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial 60-day
          period.  The decision on review shall be in writing and
          shall include specific reasons for the decision,
          written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
          claimant, as well as specific references to the
          pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is
          based.  If the decision on review is not furnished
          within the time specified above, the claim shall be
          deemed denied on review.

10.05 Payment of Expenses
      The Plan Administrator will serve without compensation for
      services as such.  The compensation of fees for
      accountants, counsel and other specialists and any other
      costs of administering the Plan or Trust Fund, unless paid
      directly by the Company, will be paid from the Trust Fund
      and will be charged against Participants' Accounts.

10.06 Section 404(c) Provisions
      (a) The provisions of this Section 10.06 shall apply
          effective as of April 1, 1993.  This Plan is intended
          to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of
          ERISA, and the regulations thereunder.  As a result,
          with respect to elections described in this Plan and
          any other exercise of control by a Participant or his
          or her Beneficiary over assets in the Participant's
          Accounts, such Participant or Beneficiary shall be
          solely responsible for such actions and neither the
          Trustee, the Plan Administrator, the Company, nor any
          other person or entity which is otherwise a Fiduciary
          shall be liable for any loss or liability which results
          from such Participant's or Beneficiary's exercise of
          control.

      (b) The Plan Administrator shall provide to each
          Participant or his or her Beneficiary the information
          described in Section 2530.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(1) of the
          Department of Labor Regulations.  Upon request by a
          Participant or his or her Beneficiary, the Plan
          Administrator shall provide the information described
          in Section 2530.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) of the Department
          of Labor Regulations.

      (c) The Plan Administrator shall take such actions and
          establish such procedures as it deems necessary to
          ensure the confidentiality of information relating to
          the purchase, sale, and holding of Company stock, and
          the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights with
          respect to such stock by a Participant or his or her
          Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such
          information may be disclosed to the extent necessary to
          comply with applicable state and federal laws.

      (d) In the event of a tender or exchange offer with respect
          to the Company, or in the event of a contested election
          with respect to the Board, the Company shall, at its
          own expense, appoint an independent Fiduciary to carry
          out the Plan Administrator's administrative functions
          with respect to the Company stock.  Such independent
          Fiduciary shall not be an "affiliate" of the Company as
          such term is defined in Section 2530.404c-1(e)(3) of
          the Department of Labor Regulations.

      (e) The Plan Administrator may take such other actions or
          implement such other procedures as it deems necessary
          or desirable in order that the Plan comply with Section
          404(c) of ERISA.

10.07 Method of Election or Notice
      Any election or notice to be given by a Participant or
      Beneficiary hereunder may be given by such means as is
      authorized by the Plan Administrator, including but not
      limited to authorized telephonic or electronic methods.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XI
                      AMENDMENT TO THE PLAN

11.01 Company's Right to Amend
               All amendments to the Plan shall be made in
      accordance with the Charter of the Committee.  Except as
      may be required to permit the Plan and the Trust to meet
      the requirements for qualification and tax exemption under
      the Code, or the corresponding provisions of other or
      subsequent revenue laws or of ERISA, no amendment may be
      made which may:

          (a)  Cause any of the assets of the Trust, at any time
               prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with
               respect to Participants and their Beneficiaries,
               to be used for or diverted to purposes other than
               for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their
               Beneficiaries;

          (b)  Create or effect any discrimination in favor of
               Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees;
               and

          (c)  Increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee
               without its written consent.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XII
                     TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

12.01 Company's Right to Terminate
      The Company has the right to terminate the Plan in whole or
      in part at any time in accordance with the Charter of the
      Committee.  Upon termination, partial termination or
      complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan each
      affected Participant will have a one hundred percent Vested
      Portion in all his Accounts.

12.02 Plan Merger and Consolidation
      This Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with, nor
      shall its assets or liabilities be transferred to, any
      other plan unless each Participant in this Plan (if the
      Plan then terminated) would receive a benefit immediately
      after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal
      to or greater than the benefit such Participant would have
      been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
      consolidation or transfer (if this Plan had been
      terminated).  Where the foregoing requirement is satisfied,
      this Plan and its related Trust may be merged or
      consolidated with another qualified plan and trust.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XIII
                   TRUST FUND AND THE TRUSTEE

13.01 Selection of Trustee
      The Trustee shall be designated in accordance with the
      Charter of the Corporate Compensation & Benefits Committee
      and the Trust Agreement shall be written in such form and
      contain such provisions as may be deemed appropriate.  The
      Trust Agreement will provide that with respect to any
      distributions to any persons, the Trustee  shall  follow 
      the  directions  of  the  Plan Administrator.  The Trust
      Agreement shall be taken to form a part of this Plan, and
      any and all rights or benefits which may accrue to any
      person under this Plan shall be subject to all the terms
      and provisions of the Trust Agreement.  The Trust Agreement
      may include a provision for participation in a joint or
      associated trust fund for the purpose of pooling investment
      experience.  The Trustee may be removed at any time in
      accordance with the Charter of the Corporate Compensation &
      Benefits Committee or the Trustee may resign.  Upon such a
      removal or resignation, a successor Trustee shall be
      appointed in accordance with the Charter of the Corporate
      Compensation & Benefits Committee.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XIV
                 ADOPTION BY ASSOCIATED COMPANY

14.01 Associated Company Participation
      An Associated Company may adopt the Plan for the benefit of
      any specified group of its employees, effective on the date
      specified in the adoption.  To adopt the Plan:

      (a) The Associated Company must deliver to the Company a
          certified copy of the Associated Company's board of
          directors resolution adopting the Plan, and/or any
          other adopting documents the Company may require; and

      (b) The Company must file a copy of the resolution and a
          copy of the Company's Board resolutions approving such
          adoption with the current Trustee.

14.02 Action Binding on Participating Associated Companies
      As long as the Company is party to the Plan and the trust
      agreement, it has the exclusive authority to act under the
      Plan and trust agreement for any Employer in all matters
      relating to the Plan Administrator, the Trustee and the
      designation of Associated Companies.  Any such action taken
      by the Company will automatically include and be binding
      upon any Employer which is a party to the Plan.

14.03 Termination of Participation of Associated Company
      The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion and
      at any time, to terminate any or all Associated Companies'
      participation in this Plan in accordance with the Charter
      of the Committee.  The termination will be effective
      immediately upon the Company's notification of termination
      to the Trustee and the Associated Company being terminated.

<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XV
                          MISCELLANEOUS

15.01 Voluntary Plan
      The Plan is purely voluntary on the part of the Company and
      neither the establishment of the Plan nor any amendment
      thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account,  nor the
      payment of any benefits will be construed as giving any
      employee or any person any legal or equitable right against
      the Company, an Employer, the Trustee or the Plan
      Administrator unless such right is specifically provided
      for in this Plan or conferred by affirmative action of the
      Plan Administrator or the Company according to the terms
      and provisions of this Plan.  Nor will such actions be
      construed as giving any employee or Participant the right
      to continue in the employment of an Employer.  All
      employees and/or Participants remain subject to discharge
      to the same extent as though this Plan had not been
      established.

15.02 Nonalienation of Benefits
      Participants and their Beneficiaries are entitled to all
      the benefits specifically set out under the terms of the
      Plan, but such benefits or any of the property rights in
      such benefits may not be assigned or distributed to any
      creditor or other claimant of a Participant or his
      Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
      Plan will comply with the provisions of a qualified
      domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p)
      ("QDRO").  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
      if required by a QDRO the Plan will make payment to an
      alternate payee as soon as practicable after such QDRO is
      received by the Plan Administrator.  In the case of a
      domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985,
      the Plan Administrator (a) shall treat such order as a
      qualified domestic relations order if the Plan is paying
      benefits pursuant to such order on such date and (b) may
      treat any other such order entered before such date as a
      qualified domestic relations order even if such order does
      not meet the requirements set forth in Code Section 414(p). 
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, a loan described in Section
      6.05 of the Plan shall not be considered a violation of
      this Section.

15.03 Inability to Receive Benefits
      If the Plan Administrator receives evidence that (a) a
      person entitled to receive any payment under the Plan is
      physically or mentally incompetent to receive payment and
      to give a valid release for payment, and as (b) another
      person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody
      of such person, and no guardian, committee or other
      representative of the estate of such person has been duly
      appointed by a Court of competent jurisdiction, the payment
      may be made to the other person or institution referred to
      in (b) above.  The release of the other person or
      institution is a valid and complete discharge for the
      payment.

15.04 Lost Participants
      If the Plan Administrator is unable, after reasonable and
      diligent effort, to locate a Participant or Beneficiary who
      is entitled to payment under the Plan, the payment due to
      the person will be forfeited.  However, if the Participant
      or Beneficiary later files a claim for his benefit, it will
      be reinstated.  Notification by certified or registered
      mail to the last known address of the Participant or
      Beneficiary is deemed a reasonable and diligent effort to
      locate such person.

15.05 Limitation of Rights
      Nothing in the Plan expressed or implied is intended or
      will be construed to confer upon or give to any person,
      firm or association other than the Company, an Employer,
      the Participants and their successors in interest any
      right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Plan.

15.06 Invalid Provisions
      In case any provision of this Plan is held illegal or
      invalid for any reason, the provision will not affect the
      remaining parts of this Plan.  The Plan will be construed
      and enforced as if the illegal and invalid provision had
      never been adopted as a part of the Plan.

15.07 One Plan
      This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts,
      each of which is deemed an original.  The counterparts
      constitute but one and the same instrument and may be
      sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

15.08 Headings
      Headings of Articles and Sections are inserted solely for
      convenience and reference are not part of the Plan.

15.09 Governing Law
      The Plan is governed by and construed according to the
      Federal laws governing employee benefit plans qualified
      under the Code and according to the laws of the state of
      California where such laws are not in conflict with the
      applicable federal laws described above.



<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XVI
                            EXECUTION

          To record the adoption of this Plan, the Vice
President, Human Resources of the Company, at the request of the
Committee, has executed this document on this 22 day of
December, 1994.
                         DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.


                         By:  /s/ George R. Horne
                              Vice President, Human Resources

<PAGE>
                           APPENDIX A
                           DEFINITIONS

Whenever the following terms are used in this Plan with their
first letters capitalized, they have the meaning specified below. 
Additional words and phrases used in the Plan are not defined in
this Appendix A, but, for convenience, are defined as they are
introduced in the text.  Unless the context indicates otherwise,
the masculine pronoun refers to a man or a woman.  Words in the
singular include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context
indicates otherwise.

A.1    Accounts
       "Accounts" means the Accounts set forth in the Operating
       Company Appendix applicable to a Participant.

A.2    Associated Company
       "Associated Company" means (a) a corporation that is a
       member of the same controlled group of corporations,
       within the meaning of Code Section 1563(a), determined
       without regard to Code Section 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3), as
       the Company and (b) Pacific Holding Company.  For purposes
       of Section 4.01 and Appendix B, Associated Company will be
       determined by substituting the phrase "more than fifty
       percent" for the phrase "at least eighty percent" each
       place it appears in Code Section 1563 and will not include
       Pacific Holding Company.

A.3    Beneficiary
       "Beneficiary" means the person, persons, or entity
       designated by the Participant to receive any death benefit
       which may become payable under the Plan.  If more than one
       Beneficiary is named, the Participant may specify the
       sequence and/or proportion in which payments will be made
       to each Beneficiary.  In the absence of a specification of
       sequence or proportions, payments will be made in equal
       shares to all named Beneficiaries.  A Participant may
       change his Beneficiary from time to time by written notice
       delivered to the Plan Administrator in the manner and form
       prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

       If a Participant has a Beneficiary designation which is
       other than his spouse on his date of death as his sole
       primary Beneficiary, the designation will not be valid
       unless such spouse consents to the designation in writing
       and the consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or a
       notary public.  The spouse's consent requirement will be
       waived if the Plan Administrator is satisfied the spouse
       cannot be located or the Participant has no spouse.

       If no valid Beneficiary has been designated or if no
       designated Beneficiary is living at the time of the
       Participant's death, payment of any death benefit, to the
       extent permitted by law, will be made to the surviving
       person or persons in the first of the following classes of
       successive preference of Beneficiaries:  (a) surviving
       spouse, (b) children and/or children's issue by right of
       representation, (c) parents, (d) brothers and/or sisters,
       or (e) executors or administrators of the Participant's
       estate.  Any minor's share will be paid to the adult or
       adults who, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, have
       assumed custody and support of the minor.  Any death
       benefit payable to executors or administrators will be
       paid in one lump sum.  Proof of death satisfactory to the
       Plan Administrator must be furnished before the payment of
       any death benefit under the Plan.

A.4    Board
       "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

A.5    Charter of the Committee
       "Charter of the Committee" means the Charter of the
       Corporate Compensation and Benefits Committee, as amended
       from time to time.  A copy of the Charter of the Committee
       is attached as Appendix D.

A.6    Code
       "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it
       currently exists and includes any subsequent amendments.

A.7    Company
       "Company" means Dole Food Company, Inc.

A.8    Compensation
       "Compensation" has the meaning set forth in the Operating
       Company Appendices.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning on
       or after January 1, 1989, the maximum amount of a
       Participant's Compensation which shall be taken into
       account under the Plan for any Plan Year ("Maximum
       Compensation Limitation") shall be $200,000 adjusted at
       the same time and in the same manner as under Section
       415(d) of the Code.  For purposes of the Maximum
       Compensation Limitation, the Compensation of any
       Participant who is either a 5% owner (as defined in
       Section 416(i)(1) of the Code), or one of the ten most
       highly paid Highly Compensated Employees during the Plan
       Year ("First Participant") shall be aggregated with the
       Compensation of any Participant who has not attained age
       19 and is a lineal descendant of the First Participant and
       any Participant who is the Spouse of the First
       Participant.  In any case in which such aggregation would
       produce Compensation in excess of the Maximum Compensation
       Limitation, the amount of the First Participant's
       Compensation that is considered under the Plan shall be
       reduced until the Maximum Compensation Limitation is met.

       Compensation only includes the amounts, described above,
       paid to an individual while he is a Participant.  For
       purposes of determining the contributions and forfeitures
       to be allocated to a Participant, but not for purposes of
       non-discrimination testing required by the Code, a
       Participant's deferrals in a non-qualified deferred
       compensation plan shall be considered Compensation in the
       year the deferrals would otherwise have been paid to the
       Participant.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning on
       or after January 1, 1994, the $200,000 Maximum
       Compensation Limitation referred to above shall be reduced
       to $150,000, adjusted in accordance with Section
       401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.  For purposes of applying the
       Maximum Compensation Limitation, the rules set forth in
       the preceding paragraphs shall continue to apply, except
       that "$150,000" shall replace "$200,000" each place it
       appears.  The $150,000 limit shall be adjusted in
       increments of $10,000.

A.9    Distribution Date
       "Distribution Date" means the date as of which the Vested
       Portion of a Participant's Accounts is distributed, as
       described in Section 7.01 (in the case of termination on
       or after the Participant's Normal Retirement Date),
       Section 7.02 (in the case of Permanent and Total
       Disability), Section 7.03 (in the case of death) and
       Section 8.01 (in the case of any other termination of
       employment).

A.10   Effective Date
       "Effective Date" means the original effective date of the
       Plan, which is June 17, 1984.

A.11   Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" has the meaning set forth in the
       Operating Company Appendices.  

A.12   Employer
       "Employer" has the meaning set forth in the Operating
       Company Appendices.

A.13   ERISA
       "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
       of 1974, as it currently exists and includes any
       subsequent amendments.

A.14   Fiduciary
       "Fiduciary" means a member of the Board or the Corporate
       Compensation & Benefits Committee appointed by the Board,
       the Plan Administrator, the asset manager, and any person
       who (i) exercises any discretionary authority or
       discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or
       exercises any authority or control respecting management
       of disposition of Plan assets, (ii) renders investment
       advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
       indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of
       the Plan, or (iii) has any discretionary authority or
       discretionary responsibility in the administration of the
       Plan.

A.15   Highly Compensated Employee
       "Highly Compensated Employee" means:
       (a)   Any employee who performs service during the
             determination year and is described in one or more
             of the following groups:
             (1)  An employee who is a 5% owner, as defined in
                  Code section 416(i)(1), at any time during the
                  determination year or the look-back year.
             (2)  An employee who receives compensation in excess
                  of $75,000, adjusted at the same time and in
                  the same manner as under Code Section 415(b),
                  during the look-back year.
             (3)  An employee who receives compensation in excess
                  of $50,000, adjusted at the same time and in
                  the same manner as under Code Section 415(b),
                  during the look-back year and is a member of
                  the top-paid group for the look-back year.
             (4)  An employee who is an officer, within the
                  meaning of Code Section 416(i), during the
                  look-back year and who receives compensation in
                  the look-back year greater than 50% of the
                  dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
                  415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which the
                  look-back year begins.
             (5)  An employee who is both described in
                  Subsections (2), (3), or (4) above when these
                  Subsections are modified to substitute the
                  determination year for the look-back year and
                  one of the 100 employees who receives the most
                  Compensation from an Associated Company during
                  the determination year.

       (b)   For purposes of the definition of Highly Compensated
             Employee the following will apply:
             (1)  The determination year is the Plan Year for
                  which the determination of who is highly
                  compensated is being made.
             (2)  The look-back year is the twelve month period
                  immediately preceding the determination year,
                  or if the Company elects, the calendar year
                  ending with or within the determination year.
             (3)  The top-paid group consists of the top 20% of
                  employees ranked on the basis of Compensation
                  received during the year.  For purposes of
                  determining the number of employees in the top
                  paid group, employees who have not completed 6
                  months of service by the end of the Plan Year
                  (including service in the immediately preceding
                  Plan Year), who normally work less than 17-1/2
                  hours per week, who work less than six months
                  during any year or who have not had their 21st
                  birthday by the end of the Plan Year shall be
                  excluded.
             (4)  The number of officers is limited to 50 (or, if
                  less, the greater of three employees or 10% of
                  employees).
             (5)  When no officer has Compensation in excess of
                  50% of the Code Section 415(b) limit, the
                  highest paid officer is treated as highly
                  compensated.
             (6)  Compensation is compensation within the meaning
                  of Code Section 415(c)(3) including elective or
                  salary reduction contributions to a cafeteria
                  plan or cash or deferred arrangement.
             (7)  Employers aggregated under Code Section 414(b),
                  (c), (m), or (o) are treated as a single
                  employer.

       (c)   A former employee who has a separation year prior to
             the determination year and who was a highly
             compensated active employee for either (1) such
             employee's separation year or (2) any determination
             year ending on or after the employee's 55th birthday
             will be a Highly Compensated Employee.  Generally, a
             separation year is the determination year the
             Employee separates from service.  An employee who
             separated from service before January 1, 1987, will
             be included as a Highly Compensated Employee only if
             the employee was a 5% owner or received Compensation
             in excess of $50,000.

A.16   Hour of Service
       "Hour of Service" means:
       (a)   Each hour for which a person is directly or
             indirectly paid by, or entitled to payment from, an
             Associated Company for the performance of duties. 
             These hours are credited to the person in the
             computation period in which the duties are
             performed.

       (b)   Each hour for which a person is directly or
             indirectly paid by, or entitled to payment from an
             Associated Company on account of a period of time
             during which no duties are performed (irrespective
             of whether the employment relationship has
             terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
             incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury
             duty, military duty or leave of absence.  However, a
             person is not entitled to credit for such hours if
             payment is made or due under a plan maintained
             solely for the purpose of complying with applicable
             workers' compensation, unemployment compensation or
             disability insurance laws, or if such payment solely
             reimburses a person for his medical or medically
             related expenses.

             In the case of a payment which is made or due on
             account of a period during which a person performs
             no duties, and which results in crediting of hours
             under this Subsection (b), or in the case of an
             award or agreement for back pay, to the extent that
             such award or agreement is made with respect to a
             period described in this Subsection (b), the number
             of hours and the computation period in which they
             are to be credited are determined in accordance with
             Section 2530.200(b)-2(b) and (c) of Title 29 of the
             Code of Federal Regulations, which Section is
             incorporated herein by this reference.

       (c)   Each hour for which a person is entitled to back
             pay, regardless of mitigation of damages, which has
             been either awarded or agreed to by an Associated
             Company.  These hours are credited to the person in
             the computation period to which the award, agreement
             or payment pertains.  However, a person will not be
             credited with hours under this Subsection (c) if he
             received credit for the same hours under Subsections
             (a) or (b).

A.17   Inactive Participant
       "Inactive Participant" means a person who was a
       Participant but who is transferred to and is in a position
       of employment in which he is no longer an Eligible
       Employee.

A.18   Investment Fund
       "Investment Fund" means the funds in which a Participant
       may invest his Accounts according to Section 5.01.

A.19   Limitation Year
       "Limitation Year" means the twelve month period beginning
       January 1 and ending the following December 31, as that
       term is used in Section B.1 of Appendix B.

A.20   Non-Highly Compensated Employee
       "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means a person who is
       not a Highly Compensated Employee.

A.21   Normal Retirement Date
       "Normal Retirement Date" means a Participant's sixty-fifth
       birthday.

A.22   Operating Company Appendix
       "Operating Company Appendix" means each of the appendices
       setting forth the provisions of this Plan applicable to
       the operating companys, divisions and subsidiaries of the
       Company which have employees who may participate in this
       Plan.  There is a separate Operating Company Appendix for
       each of the plans which were merged effective January 1,
       1993.

A.23   Participant
       "Participant" means any Employee who is a Participant as
       provided in Article III or Section 1.11.  Where
       appropriate to the context, it also includes an Inactive
       Participant.

A.24   Period of Severance
       "Period of Severance" means, for any person, an
       interruption in his Service under the Plan.  A Period of
       Severance begins on the date the person no longer is
       credited with Service under the Plan and ends on the date
       the person returns to active employment with an Associated
       Company.  A person whose employment with all Associated
       Companies is terminated, or deemed terminated, for any
       reason will incur:

       (a)   a one year Period of Severance if he fails to return
             to active employment as an employee and render one
             or more Hours of Service before the first annual
             anniversary of the date of such termination;

       (b)   a five year Period of Severance if he fails to
             return to active employment as an employee and
             render one or more Hours of Service before the fifth
             annual anniversary of the date of such termination.

       For purposes of this Section, a person who is absent from
       employment for maternity or paternity reasons will not be
       treated as having incurred a one year Period of Severance
       until the second anniversary of such absence, or a five
       year Period of Severance until the sixth anniversary of
       such absence, or such earlier time permitted under
       applicable regulations.

       Absence for maternity or paternity reasons means a person
       is absent because:
             (1)  the person is pregnant,

             (2)  the person gave birth to a child,

             (3)  an adopted child is placed with the person, or

             (4)  the person is caring for his natural or adopted
                  child immediately after the child is born or
                  placed with the person.

       The provisions of this paragraph will not apply unless the
       person provides information to the Plan Administrator,
       within the time limits established by the Plan
       Administrator, sufficient to establish that the absence is
       for maternity or paternity reasons and the duration of the
       absence.

A.25   Permanent and Total Disability
       "Permanent and Total Disability" means a physical or
       mental condition which renders a person unable to engage
       in any substantial gainful activity for an Associated
       Company for which he is reasonably fitted by education,
       training, or experience.  A physical or mental condition
       which qualifies a Participant for disability payments
       under an Associated Company's long term disability plan is
       deemed to be a Permanent and Total Disability, effective
       the date on which the Participant qualifies for such
       payments.  The Plan Administrator will determine, based on
       whatever competent medical evidence it requires, whether
       any other person is Permanently and Totally Disabled and
       the effective date of such disability.

A.26   Plan
       "Plan" means the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried
       Employees of Dole Food Company, Inc. and Participating
       Divisions and Subsidiaries. 

A.27   Plan Administrator
       "Plan Administrator" means the Plan Administrator
       described in Section 10.01.

A.28   Plan Year
       "Plan Year" means the twelve month period beginning
       January 1 and ending the following December 31.

A.29   Service
       "Service" means, with respect to any person, his period or
       periods of employment with all Associated Companies which
       are counted as Service according to the following rules:

       (a)   Each person is credited with Service under the Plan
             for the period or periods during which the person
             maintains an employment relationship with any
             Associated Company.  An employment relationship is
             limited to an employer-employee relationship, and
             does not include other types of relationships, such
             as independent contractors.  A person's employment
             relationship is deemed to commence on the date the
             person first renders one Hour of Service, and is
             deemed to continue during the following periods:

             (1)  Periods of leave of absence with or without pay
                  granted to the person by an Associated Company
                  in a like and nondiscriminatory manner for any
                  purpose including, but not limited to,
                  sickness, accident or military leave.  The
                  person is not considered to have terminated
                  employment during such leave of absence unless
                  he fails to return to the employ of an
                  Associated Company at or prior to the
                  expiration date of the leave.  If he fails to
                  so return, he is deemed to have terminated as
                  of the date the leave began but he is given
                  credit for Service through the earlier of the
                  first anniversary of the date his leave of
                  absence began or the date his employment
                  terminates.

             (2)  In the case of a person who terminates
                  employment and who is later reemployed by an
                  Associated Company before he incurs a one year
                  Period of Severance, the period between his
                  date of termination and date of reemployment.

       (b)   Except as provided in Subsection (c) all periods of
             a person's Service, whether or not consecutive, are
             aggregated.  Service is measured in elapsed years
             and fractions of years whereby each twelve complete
             calendar months constitutes one year, each complete
             calendar month constitutes one-twelfth of a year and
             partial calendar months which when aggregated equal
             thirty days constitute one-twelfth of a year.

       (c)   In the case of a person who terminates employment
             before he becomes a Participant and who is not
             reemployed before the date he incurs the greater of:

             (1)  a five year Period of Severance (as described
                  in Section A.22(b)), or

             (2)  a Period of Severance greater than his service
                  before the date he terminated employment, his
                  service before he terminated employment will be
                  disregarded.

A.30   Trust Fund
       "Trust Fund" means the assets of the Plan held by the
       Trustee and subject to the trust agreement described in
       Article XIII.  Trust Fund includes, but is not limited to,
       the Investment Funds.

A.31   Trustee
       "Trustee" means the person, persons, bank and/or other
       entity selected by the Board to hold the Trust Fund
       according to Article XIII.

A.32   Valuation Date
       "Valuation Date" means the last day of each calendar
       quarter.

<PAGE>
                           APPENDIX B
                     ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS

B.1    Basic Limitation on Annual Additions
       (a)   Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan and
             subject to the provisions of Subsections (b), (c)
             and (d) below, the amount of Annual Additions, as
             defined below, allocated to a Participant for any
             Limitation Year, as defined in Section A.19 of
             Appendix A, will not exceed the lesser of:

             (1)  thirty thousand dollars or, if greater, twenty
                  five percent of the defined benefit dollar
                  limitation provided in Code Section
                  415(b)(1)(A); or

             (2)  twenty five percent of the Participant's
                  Earnings (as defined below) for the Limitation
                  Year.

       (b)   For purposes of Section 4.01 and this Appendix B a
             Participant's Annual Additions means the amount of:

             (1)  Company and Associated Company contributions,

             (2)  Participant contributions,

             (3)  forfeitures, and

             (4)  contributions for post retirement medical
                  benefits, to the extent required by Code
                  Section 415(e) or 419A(d)(2), allocated to his
                  Accounts under this Plan and his accounts under
                  all other defined contribution plans (as
                  defined in Code Section 414(i)) adopted by an
                  Associated Company.

       (c)   For purposes of this Appendix B and Sections 1.02
             and 2.05, a Participant's Earnings means Earnings as
             defined under Code Section 415(c) and related
             regulations.  Earnings includes the Participant's
             earned income, wages, salaries, commissions and
             bonuses received from all Associated Companies.  It
             excludes the following:

             (1)  Contributions by an Associated Company to a
                  plan of deferred compensation which are not
                  included in the Participant's gross income for
                  the taxable year in which contributed, or any
                  distribution from a plan of deferred
                  compensation;

             (2)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a
                  non-qualified stock option, or when restricted
                  stock (or property) held by the Participant
                  either becomes freely transferable or is no
                  longer subject to a substantial risk of
                  forfeiture;

             (3)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or
                  other disposition of stock acquired under a
                  qualified stock option; and

             (4)  Other amounts which received special tax
                  benefits, including Pre-tax Deferrals under
                  this Plan and salary reduction under any other
                  tax qualified program.

                  Earnings for any Limitation Year are the
                  amounts actually paid or includable in gross
                  income during such year.  A Participant's
                  annual Earnings in excess of two hundred
                  thousand dollars (or, effective for Plan Years
                  beginning on or after January 1, 1994, one-
                  hundred and fifty thousand dollars), or such
                  greater amount as determined by the Secretary
                  of the Treasury, are disregarded for all
                  purposes under the Plan.

B.2    Participation in this Plan and a Defined Benefit Plan
       If a Participant is or has been a participant in a
       qualified defined benefit plan (as defined in Code Section
       414(j)) maintained by an Associated Company, the sum of
       the Participant's defined benefit plan fraction and
       defined contribution plan fraction (as defined in Code
       Section 415(e)) for any year will not exceed one.  In
       calculating the defined contribution plan fraction, the
       Plan Administrator may, at its discretion, make the
       election described in Code Section 415(e)(6).

B.3    Reduction in Annual Additions and Elimination of Excess
       Amounts
       If the limitations described in Sections B.1 and B.2 would
       otherwise be exceeded for a Participant for a Limitation
       Year, the excess will be eliminated as follows:

       (a)   First, amounts attributable to the Participant's
             Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals will be reduced.  The
             amount of the reduction will be paid to the
             Participant by the Company as cash compensation and
             will be subject to all federal, state, municipal,
             and/or county taxes, and other deductions which
             apply to cash compensation;

       (b)   Second, amounts attributable to the Participant's
             Matched Pre-tax Deferrals will be reduced.  The
             amount of reduction will be paid to the Participant
             by the Company as cash compensation and will be
             subject to all federal, state, municipal, and/or
             county taxes, and other deductions which apply to
             cash compensation;

       (c)   Third, the provisions of any other plans established
             by an Associated Company which have caused the
             limits to be exceeded for the Participant will be
             applied.  The provisions of a defined benefit plan
             will be applied before the provisions of a defined
             contribution plan.

       (d)   Fourth, the excess allocations of Matching
             Contributions and if necessary Profit Sharing
             Contributions will be removed from the Participant's
             Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account and will be reallocated to
             other Participants' Matching Contributions Accounts
             and Profit Sharing Contributions Accounts.  However,
             if the reallocation of the excess amounts causes the
             limitations of Sections B.1 and B.2 to be exceeded
             for all other Plan Participants for the Limitation
             Year, then the remaining excess amounts will be held
             unallocated in a suspense account.  If a suspense
             account exists at any time during a Limitation Year,
             other than the Limitation Year described in the
             preceding sentence, all amounts in the suspense
             account must be allocated to Participants' Accounts
             (subject to the limitations of Code Section 415)
             before any Company contributions which are Annual
             Additions may be made to the Plan for that
             Limitation Year.
<PAGE>
                           APPENDIX C
                      TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

             Section 4.02 of the Plan shall be construed in
accordance with this Appendix C.  Definitions in this Appendix C
shall govern for the purposes of this Appendix C.  Any other
words and phrases used in this Appendix C, however, shall have
the same meanings that are assigned to them under the Plan,
unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

C.1 - General.

             This Appendix C shall be effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1984.  This Appendix C shall be
interpreted in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder.

C.2 - Definitions.  

             (a)  The "Benefit Amount" for any Employee means
(1) in the case of any defined benefit plan, the present  value
of his normal retirement benefit, determined on the Valuation
Date as if the Employee terminated on such Valuation Date, plus
the aggregate amount of distributions made to such Employee
within the five-year period ending on the Determination Date
(except to the extent already included on the Valuation Date) and
(2) in the case of any defined contribution plan, the sum of the
amounts credited, on the Determination Date, to each of the
accounts maintained on behalf of such Employee (including
accounts reflecting any nondeductible employee contributions)
under such plan plus the aggregate amount of distributions made
to such Employee within the five-year period ending on the
Determination Date.  For purposes of this Section, the present
value shall be computed using a 5% interest assumption and the
mortality assumptions contained in the defined benefit plan for
benefit equivalence purposes, provided that, if more than one
defined benefit plan is being aggregated for top-heavy purposes,
the actuarial assumptions which shall be used for testing top-
heaviness are those of the plan with the lowest interest
assumption, provided further that if the lowest interest
assumption is the same for two or more plans, the actuarial
assumptions used shall be that of the plan with the greatest
value of assets on the applicable date.  

             (b)  "Company" means any company (including
unincorporated organizations) participating in the Plan or plans
included in the "aggregation group" as defined in this
Appendix C.  

             (c)  "Determination Date" means the last day of the
preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of the
Plan, the last day of the Plan Year.  

             (d)  "Employees" means employees, former employees,
beneficiaries, and former beneficiaries who have a Benefit Amount
greater than zero on the Determination Date.  

             (e)  "Key Employee" means any Employee who, during
the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or during the
four preceding Plan Years, is:

             (1)  one of the ten Employees of a Company having
       annual compensation from such Company of more than the
       limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the
       Code and owning (or considered as owning within the
       meaning of Section 318 of the Code) both more than a 1/2%
       interest and the largest interests in such Company (if two
       Employees have the same interest the Employee having the
       greater annual compensation from the Company shall be
       treated as having a larger interest);

             (2)  a 5% owner of a Company;

             (3)  a 1% owner of a Company who has an annual
       compensation above $150,000; or

             (4)  an officer of a Company having an annual
       compensation greater than 50% of the amount in effect
       under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan
       Year (however, no more than the lesser of (A) 50 employees
       or (B) the greater of 3 employees or 10% of the Company's
       employees shall be treated as officers).  For purposes of
       determining the number of employees taken into account
       under this Section B.2(e)(4), employees described in
       Section 414(q)(8) of the Code shall be excluded.

             (f)  A "Non-Key Employee" means an Employee who is
not a Key Employee.  

             (g)  "Valuation Date" means the first day (or such
other date which is used for computing plan costs for minimum
funding purposes) of the 12-month period ending on the
Determination Date.  

             (h)  A "Year of Service" shall be calculated using
the Plan rules that normally apply for determining vesting
service.    
             These definitions shall be interpreted in accordance
with Section 416(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder
and such rules are hereby incorporated by reference.  The term
"Key Employee" shall not include any officer or employee of an
entity referred to in Section 414(d) of the Code.  For the
purpose of this subsection, "compensation" shall mean
compensation as defined in Section 414(q)(7) of the Code and
shall be determined without regard to Sections 125, 402(a)(8),
402(h)(1)(B) or, in the case of employer contributions made
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Section 403(b).

C.3 - Top-Heavy Definition.

             The Plan shall be top-heavy for any Plan Year if, as
of the Determination Date, the "top-heavy ratio" exceeds 60%. 
The top-heavy ratio is the sum of the Benefit Amounts  for all
employees who are Key Employees divided by the sum of the Benefit
Amounts for all Employees.  For purposes of this calculation
only, the following rules shall apply:

             (a)  The Benefit Amounts of all Non-Key Employees
       who were Key Employees during any prior Plan Year shall be
       disregarded.

             (b)  The Benefit Amounts of all employees who have
       not performed any services for any Company at any time
       during the five-year period ending on the Determination
       Date shall be disregarded; provided, however, if an
       Employee performs no services for five years and then
       again performs services, such Employee's Benefit Amount
       shall be taken into account.

             (c)(1)    Required Aggregation.  This calculation
             shall be made by aggregating any plans, of the
             Company or a Related Company, qualified under
             Section 401(a) of the Code in which a Key Employee
             participates or which enables this Plan to meet the
             requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the
             Code; all plans so aggregated constitute the
             "aggregation group."  

               (2)     Permissive Aggregation.  The Company may
             also aggregate any such plan to the extent that such
             plan, when aggregated with this aggregation group,
             continues to meet the requirements of Section
             401(a)(4) and Section 410 of the Code.  

       If an aggregation group includes two or more defined
       benefit plans, the actuarial assumptions used in
       determining an Employee's Benefit Amount shall be the same
       under each defined benefit plan and shall be specified in
       such plans.  The aggregation group shall also include any
       terminated plan which covered a Key-Employee and which was
       maintained within the five-year period ending on the
       Determination Date.

             (d)  This calculation shall be made in accordance
       with Section 416 of the Code (including 416(g)(3)(B) and
       (g)(4)(A)) and the regulations thereunder and such rules
       are hereby incorporated by reference.  For purposes of
       determining the accrued benefit of a Non-Key Employee who
       is a Participant in a defined benefit plan, this
       calculation shall be made using the method which is used
       for accrual purposes for all defined benefit plans of the
       Company, or if there is no such method, as if such benefit
       accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
       permitted under Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code. 

C.4 - Vesting.  

             Notwithstanding the vesting provisions of the Plan,
if the Plan is top-heavy for any Plan Year, any  Participant who
completes one Hour of Service during any day of such Plan Year or
any subsequent Plan Year and who terminates during any day of
such Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year shall be entitled to a
vested benefit which is the greater of his vested interest
pursuant to the Plan, or a vested interest at least equal to the
product of (x) the benefit such Participant would receive under
the Plan if he was 100% vested on the date of such termination
times (y) the percentage shown below:

       Number of Completed
         Years of Service               Percentage    

                  2                        20%

                  3                        40%

                  4                        60%

                  5                        80%

                  6                        100%



Notwithstanding the foregoing, the nonforfeitable percentage of a
Participant's benefit under the Plan shall not be less than that
determined under the Plan without regard to the preceding vesting
schedule.  Such benefit shall be payable in accordance with the
provisions of the Plan regarding payments to terminated
Participants.  

             Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Plan
is no longer top-heavy in a Plan Year following a Plan Year in
which it was top-heavy, a Participant's vesting percentage shall
be computed under the vesting schedule that otherwise exists
under the Plan.  However, in no event shall a Participant's
vested percentage in his accrued benefit be reduced.  In
addition, a Participant shall have the option of remaining under
the vesting schedule set forth in this Section if he has
completed three years of Vesting Service.  The period for
exercising such option shall begin on the first day of the Plan
Year for which the Plan is no longer top-heavy and shall end 60
days after the later of such first day or the day the Participant
is issued written notice of such option by the Company or the
Committee.

C.5 - Minimum Benefits or Contributions, Compensation
         Limitations and Section 415 Limitations.

             If the Plan is top-heavy for any Plan Year, the
following provisions shall apply to such Plan Year:

             (a)(1)  Except to the extent not required by Section
       416 of the Code or any other provision of law,
       notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the
       Plan and all other plans which are part of the aggregation
       group are defined contribution plans, each Participant
       (and any other Employee required by Section 416 of the
       Code) other than Key employees shall receive an allocation
       of employer contributions and forfeitures from a plan
       which is part of the aggregation group at least equal to
       3% (or, if lesser, the largest percentage allocated to any
       Key Employee for the Plan Year) of such Participant's
       compensation for such Plan Year (the "defined contribution
       minimum").  For purposes of this subsection, salary
       reduction contributions on behalf of a Key Employee must
       be taken into account.  For purposes of this subsection, a
       non-Key Employee shall be entitled to a contribution if he
       is employed on the last day of the Plan Year (1)
       regardless of his level of compensation, (2) without
       regard to whether he has made any mandatory contributions
       required under the Plan, and (3) regardless of whether he
       has less than 1,000 Hours of Service (or the equivalent)
       for the accrual computation period.

             (2)  Except to the extent not required by Section
       416 of the Code or any other provision of law,
       notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, if the
       Plan or any other plan which is part of the aggregation
       group is a defined benefit plan each Participant who is a
       participant in any such defined benefit plan (who is not a
       Key Employee) who accrues a full Year of Service during
       such Plan Year shall be entitled to an annual normal
       retirement benefit from a defined benefit plan which is
       part of the aggregation group which shall not be less than
       the product of (1) the employee's average compensation for
       the five consecutive years when the employee had the
       highest aggregate compensation and (2) the lesser of 2%
       per Year of Service or 20% (the "defined benefit
       minimum").  A Non-Key Employee shall not fail to accrue a
       benefit merely because he is not employed on a specified
       date or is excluded from participation because (1) his
       compensation is less than a stated minimum or (2) he fails
       to make mandatory employee contributions.  For purposes of
       calculating the defined benefit minimum, (1) compensation
       shall not include compensation in Plan Years after the
       last Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy and (2) a
       Participant shall not receive a Year of Service in any
       Plan Year before January 1, 1984 or in any Plan Year in
       which the Plan is not top-heavy.  This defined benefit
       minimum shall be expressed as a life annuity (with no
       ancillary benefits) commencing at normal retirement age. 
       Benefits paid in any other form or time shall be the
       actuarial equivalent (as provided in the plan for
       retirement benefit equivalence purposes) of such life
       annuity.  Except to the extent not required by Section 416
       of the Code or any other provisions of law, each
       Participant (other than Key Employees) who is not a
       participant in any such defined benefit plan shall receive
       the defined contribution minimum (as defined in paragraph
       (a)(1) above).       

             (3)  If a non-Key Employee is covered by plans
       described in both paragraphs (1) and (2) above, he shall
       be entitled only to the minimum described in paragraph
       (1), except that for the purpose of paragraph (1) "3% (or,
       if lesser, the largest percentage allocated to any key
       employee for the Plan Year)" shall be replaced by "5%". 
       Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the accrual
       rate under the plan described in (2) would comply with
       this Section C.5 absent the modifications required by this
       Section, the minimum described in paragraph (1) above
       shall not be applicable.

             (b)  For purposes of this Section, "compensation"
       shall mean all earnings included in the Employee's Form W-
       2 for the calendar year that ends within the Plan Year,
       not in excess of $200,000, adjusted at the same time and
       in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code.

             (c)(1) Unless the Plan qualifies for an exception
       under Section C.5(c)(2), "1.0" shall be substituted for
       "1.25" in the definitions of Defined Benefit Plan Fraction
       and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction used in Appendix B
       to the Plan.

             (2)  A Plan qualifies for an exception from the
       rule of Section C.5(c)(1) if the Benefit Amount of all
       Employees who are Key Employees does not exceed 90% of the
       sum of the Benefit Amounts for all Employees and one of
       the following requirements is met:

                  (A)  A defined benefit minimum of 3% per Year
             of Service (up to 30%) is provided;

                  (B)  For Participants covered only by a
             defined contribution plan, a defined contribution
             minimum of 4% is provided;

                  (C)  For Participants covered by both types
             of plans, benefits from the defined contribution
             minimum are comparable to the 3% defined benefit
             minimum;

                  (D)  The plan provides a floor offset where
             the floor is a 3% defined benefit minimum; or

                  (E)  A defined contribution minimum of 7-1/2%
             of compensation is provided for any non-Key Employee
             who is covered under both a defined benefit plan and
             a defined contribution plan (each of which is top-
             heavy) of a Company.

<PAGE>
                           APPENDIX D
                    CHARTER OF THE COMMITTEE

D.1    The Asset Manager

       (a)   The Asset Manager shall be the Treasurer of the
             Company or such other person appointed by the
             Committee.  In the event of any vacancy in the
             position of Asset Manager, or in the event the Asset
             Manager is unable to perform his/her duties, the
             Committee shall designate the person to act as Asset
             Manager until the vacancy is filled by the Committee
             or the Asset Manager is able to resume, and actually
             resumes, his/her duties.

       (b)   The Asset Manager shall:

             (1)  Locate, screen, and interview candidates for
                  Investment Managers for defined benefit and
                  defined contribution plans and Trustees, and
                  recommend qualified candidates to the
                  Committee;

             (2)  Meet with each Investment Manager regularly to
                  review its performance, and report to the
                  Committee on the status of the investments,
                  fund transfers, and investment performance of
                  the Investment Managers;  

             (3)  Set investment guidelines subject to Committee
                  approval, and direct the transfer of funds
                  among Investment Managers as determined and
                  approved by the Committee;

             (4)  Recommend to the Committee, consultants to
                  assist the Committee in measuring Investment
                  Manager performance, and auditing pension fund
                  asset management;

             (5)  Report periodically to the Committee on the
                  Asset Manager's major activities during the
                  applicable period.  

       (c)   The Asset Manager may hire and retain Investment
             Managers, advisors and consultants without the prior
             consent and approval of the Committee; provided that
             the Asset Manager shall only be authorized to hire
             and retain such Investment Manager, advisors and
             consultants as shall conform to the guidelines
             established from time to time by the Committee.  

       (d)   The Asset Manager shall not participate in or assume
             performance of any of the responsibilities of the
             Investment Managers to manage investments.  

             The Asset Manager may not delegate any of his/her
             duties or responsibilities without the prior written
             consent and approval of the Committee.

D.2    Investment Managers

       (a)   Investment Managers shall be appointed by the Asset
             Manager, in accordance with the authority delegated
             pursuant to Section 1(c) of this Appendix 1, or by
             the Committee and shall serve pursuant to
             appropriate written agreements.  

       (b)   Each Investment Manager shall perform its duties in
             accordance with its written agreement.  Such duties
             shall include, but not be limited to the following:

             (1)  Investment of the assets that have been
                  allocated to it by the Asset Manager in
                  accordance with the investment guidelines
                  communicated to it from time to time by the
                  Asset Manager.

             (2)  Periodic and frequent reviews with the Asset
                  Manager of the Investment Manager's
                  performance, including specifically risk and
                  return expectations, investment strategy and
                  rationale.  An Investment Manager shall
                  immediately report any intent to vary or
                  variations by the Investment Manager from the
                  established general investment guidelines;

             (3)  As frequently as may be requested by the
                  Committee, preparation and presentation to the
                  Committee of a report reviewing its performance
                  and activities with respect to the assets of
                  the plans allocated to it.  

       (c)   The Investment Manager may not delegate any of its
             duties or responsibilities without disclosure to and
             the prior written consent and approval of the Asset
             Manager or the Committee.  

D.3    Trustee

       (a)   Each Trustee shall be appointed by and serve at the
             pleasure of the Committee pursuant to a written
             trust agreement.  

       (b)   Each Trustee shall perform its duties in accordance
             with its written trust agreement.  Such duties shall
             include, but not be limited to the following:  

             (1)  Maintenance custody of such assets as allocated
                  to it by the Asset Manager;  

             (2)  Preparation and submission to the Asset Manager
                  of an annual report, which shall detail the
                  Trustee's activities and include (but not
                  necessarily be limited to) an accounting for
                  all transactions during the year and a year-end
                  statement of assets; 

             (3)  Preparation of such reports as may be required
                  by the Committee from time to time with respect
                  to transactions affecting the assets of the
                  trust; 

             (4)  Compliance with instructions of Investment
                  Managers and recordkeepers as to fund
                  transfers.  

D.4    The Retirement Committee and the Welfare Plan Committee

       (a)   The Committee shall appoint a Retirement Plan
             Committee and a Welfare Plan Committee.  Each of the
             Committees shall consist of the Vice President,
             Human Resources and Risk Management, and a senior
             corporate employee benefits manager, and may, but
             need not, include one or more other persons,
             selected by the Committee, who may also be employees
             of the Company.  The Retirement Plan Committee shall
             have the powers and duties set forth below with
             respect to the Company's pension, retirement, and
             deferred compensation plans, and the Welfare Plan
             Committee shall have the powers and duties set forth
             below with respect to the Company's health,
             insurance and other welfare plans.  The Retirement
             Plan Committee and the Welfare Plan Committee are
             referred to collectively in this Appendix D as the
             "Plan Committees."  

       (b)   The Committee shall choose a Chairman for each of
             the Plan Committees and each Plan Committee shall
             choose a Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep
             minutes of each Plan Committee's proceedings and
             appropriate records and documents pertaining to the
             Plan Committee's actions.  Any action of a Plan
             Committee shall be taken pursuant to the vote or
             written consent of a majority of its members
             present, and such action shall constitute the action
             of the Plan Committee and be binding upon the same
             as if all members had joined therein.  A member of a
             Plan Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter
             which relates solely to himself as a participant in
             a plan.  The Chairman or any other member or members
             of a Plan Committee designated by the Chairman may
             execute any certificate or other written direction
             on behalf of the Plan Committee.  A Trustee or any
             third person dealing with a Plan Committee may
             conclusively rely upon any certificate or other
             written direction so signed.  

       (c)   The Company is the plan administrator (as defined in
             Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA) of its plans subject to
             ERISA.  The Company delegates the duties described
             below to the Plan Committees.  The Plan Committees
             shall act as fiduciaries with respect to control and
             management of the plans for purposes of ERISA on
             behalf of the plan participants and beneficiaries,
             shall enforce the plans in accordance with their
             terms, shall be charged with the general
             administration of the plans, and shall have all
             powers necessary to accomplish the purposes of the
             plans, including, but not by way of limitation, the
             following:

             (1)  To determine all questions relating to the
                  eligibility of employees to participate;

             (2)  In their sole discretion, to construe and
                  interpret the terms and provisions of the
                  plans;

             (3)  To compute, certify to, and direct the amount
                  and kind of benefits payable to participants
                  and beneficiaries;

             (4)  To authorize all disbursements from the plans,
                  including hardship withdrawals and plan loans,
                  if any;

             (5)  To maintain all records that may be necessary
                  for the administration of the plans other than
                  those maintained by the Trustee;

             (6)  To provide for the disclosure of all
                  information and the filing or provision of all
                  reports and statements to participants,
                  beneficiaries or governmental agencies as shall
                  be required by ERISA or other law, other than
                  those prepared and filed by a Trustee;

             (7)  To make and publish such rules for the
                  regulation of the plans as are not inconsistent
                  with the terms thereof;

             (8)  To appoint plan recordkeepers or, any other
                  agents, including employees of the Company or
                  its operating units, and to delegate to them or
                  to a Trustee such powers and duties in
                  connection with the administration of the plans
                  as the Plan Committee may from time to time
                  prescribe, and to designate each such
                  administrator or agent as a fiduciary with
                  regard to matters delegated to him; and

             (9)  To establish claims procedures consistent with
                  regulations of the Secretary of Labor for
                  presentation of claims by participants and
                  beneficiaries for plan benefits, consideration
                  of such claims, review of claim denials and
                  issuance of a decision on review.  Such claims
                  procedures shall at a minimum consist of the
                  procedures described below; provided, however,
                  the Plan Committees are granted the
                  discretionary authority to resolve any
                  conflicts which may exist between the
                  procedures described below and the procedures
                  specified in a plan:

                  (A)  The Plan Committees shall notify
                       participants and, where appropriate,
                       beneficiaries of their right to claim
                       benefits under the claims procedures,
                       shall make forms available for filing of
                       such claims, and shall provide the name of
                       the person or persons with whom such
                       claims should be filed.

                  (B)  The Plan Committees shall establish
                       procedures for action upon claims
                       initially made.  The Plan Committees are
                       specifically empowered to delegate the
                       power and duty to act upon claims
                       initially made to the person or persons
                       designated by them or designated under the
                       terms of a plan.  The communication of a
                       decision to the claimant shall be made
                       promptly and, in any event, not later than
                       90 days after the claim is received by the
                       Plan Committee, unless special
                       circumstances require an extension of time
                       for processing the claim.  If an extension
                       is required, notice of the extension shall
                       be furnished the claimant prior to the end
                       of the initial 90-day period, which notice
                       shall indicate the reasons for the
                       extension and the expected decision date. 
                       The extension shall not exceed 90 days. 
                       The claim may be deemed by the claimant to
                       have been denied for purposes of further
                       review described below in the event a
                       decision is not furnished to the claimant
                       within the period described in the three
                       preceding sentences.  Every claim for
                       benefits which is denied shall be denied
                       by written notice setting forth in a
                       manner calculated to be understood by the
                       claimant (i) the specific reason or
                       reasons for the denial, (ii) specific
                       reference to and provisions of the plan on
                       which denial is based, (iii) description
                       of any additional material or information
                       necessary for the claimant to perfect his
                       claim with an explanation of why such
                       material or information is necessary, and
                       (iv) an explanation of the procedure for
                       further reviewing the denial of the claim
                       under the plan.

                  (C)  The Plan Committees shall establish a
                       procedure for review of claim denials,
                       such review to be undertaken by the
                       appropriate Plan Committee or the person
                       or persons to whom such power and duty has
                       been delegated by the Plan Committee or
                       designated by the terms of a plan.  The
                       review given after denial of any claim
                       shall be a full and fair review with the
                       claimant or his duly authorized
                       representative having 60 days after
                       receipt of denial of his claim to request
                       such review, the right to review all
                       pertinent documents and the right to
                       submit issues and comments in writing. 
                       The Plan Committees shall establish a
                       procedure for issuance of a decision on
                       review not later than 60 days after
                       receipt of a request for review from a
                       claimant unless special circumstances,
                       such as the need to hold a hearing,
                       require a longer period of time, in which
                       case a decision shall be rendered as soon
                       as possible but not later than 120 days
                       after receipt of the claimant's request
                       for review.  The decision on review shall
                       be in writing and shall include specific
                       reasons for the decision written in a
                       manner calculated to be understood by the
                       claimant with specific reference to any
                       provisions of the plan on which the
                       decision is based.

       (d)   (1)  The members of the Plan committees shall serve
             without compensation for their services hereunder.

             (2)  The members of the Plan Committees and any
                  delegates shall be bonded to the extent
                  required by Section 412(a) of ERISA and the
                  regulations thereunder.  Bond premiums and all
                  expenses of the Plan Committees or of any
                  delegate who is an employee of the Company
                  shall be paid by the Company and the Company
                  shall furnish the Plan Committees and any such
                  delegate with such clerical and other
                  assistance as is necessary in the performance
                  of their duties.

             (3)  The Plan Committees are authorized at the
                  expense of the Company to employ such legal
                  counsel as it may deem advisable to assist in
                  the performance of their duties hereunder. 
                  Expenses and fees in connection with the
                  administration of the plans shall be paid from
                  the assets of the appropriate plan to the
                  fullest extent permitted by law, unless the
                  Company determines otherwise or a plan
                  otherwise provides.

             (4)  To the extent permitted by applicable state
                  law, the Company shall indemnify and save
                  harmless the Plan Committees and each member
                  thereof, and any delegate of a Plan Committee
                  who is an employee of the Company against any
                  and all expenses, liabilities and claims,
                  including legal fees to defend against such
                  liabilities and claims arising out of their
                  discharge in good faith of responsibilities
                  under or incident to the plans, other than
                  expenses and liabilities arising out of willful
                  misconduct.  This indemnity shall not preclude
                  such further indemnities as may be available
                  under insurance purchased by the Company of
                  provided by the Company under any by-law,
                  agreement or otherwise, as such indemnities are
                  permitted under state law.  Payments with
                  respect to any indemnity and payment of any
                  expenses and fees under this Section shall be
                  made only from assets of the Company and shall
                  not be made directly or indirectly from plan
                  assets.

       (e)   the Plan Committees shall have full discretion to
             construe and interpret the terms and provisions of
             the plans, which interpretation or construction
             shall be final and binding on all parties, including
             but not limited to the Company and any participant
             or beneficiary, except as otherwise provided by law. 
             The Plan Committees shall  administer such terms and
             provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner
             and in full accordance with any and all laws
             applicable to the plans.

       (f)   In the exercise of the powers and duties of the Plan
             Committees, each member of the Plan Committees shall
             use the care, prudence, and diligence under the
             circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person
             acting in a like capacity and familiar with such
             matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of
             a like character and with like aims.

D.5    Plan Amendments

             The Vice President, Human Resources and Risk
Management, shall have the power, on behalf of the Company, to
adopt plans or make amendments to plans:

       (a)   to comply with federal or state laws, rules, or
             regulations;

       (b)   to conform with applicable collective bargaining
             agreements;

       (c)   to cover hourly employees not represented by
             collective bargaining agreements;

       (d)   to cover salaried employees, if the annual cost of
             such adoption or amendment does not exceed $100,000;

       (e)   if such adoption or amendment is of a technical
             nature and does not otherwise have a substantial
             impact on the cost or terms of benefits  provided by
             Dole Food Company or the participating employers or

       (f)   if requested by the Committee.

<PAGE>












                                

                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 060

                             TAXDIP

                     FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES

                               OF

                     DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.


<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                            Page(s)


                          ARTICLE 060-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
       060-1.01   Contribution of Participant Deferrals. . . .I-1
       060-1.03   Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
       060-1.04   Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 060-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS
       060-2.01   Participant Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
       060-2.02   Allocation of Profit Sharing
                  Contributions and Forfeitures. . . . . . . II-4
       060-2.03   Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals. . . . . . II-5
       060-2.04   Allocation of Company Matching
                  Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-5
       060-2.06   Allocation of Nonelective Contributions. . II-7

                         ARTICLE 060-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
       060-3.01   Participation in the Plan. . . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 060-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
       060-8.02   Vesting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 060-A
                           DEFINITIONS
       060-A.1    Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       060-A.8    Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       060-A.11   Eligible Employee. . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2
       060-A.12   Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2


<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION

Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle &
Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Plan", effective
June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Plan was amended and restated in
its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Plan was frozen and all
contributions under the Plan were suspended effective January 1,
1989.  Effective January 1, 1989 the Plan was divided into seven
separate plans, each surviving plan covering a separate line of
business within Dole Food Company, Inc.  The assets and
liabilities as of December 31, 1988 applicable to the
participants of each successor plan have been transferred to such
plans.  The assets and liabilities remaining in this Plan cover
the Eligible Employees of Dole Food Company, Inc.

Effective January 1, 1989 the Plan is reactivated and renamed the
"Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried Employees of Dole Food
Company, Inc. and Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries." 
Participant Pre-tax Deferrals and related Company Matching
Contributions were reactivated effective February 1, 1989. 
Effective January 1, 1993, ten separate tax deferred investment
plans of Dole Food Company, Inc. were merged with this Plan 060. 
This Operating Company Appendix sets forth certain provisions of
this Plan applicable to the employees who formerly were
participants in the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees of Dole Food Company, Inc. and Participating Divisions,
and such other employees who become eligible pursuant to this
Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 060-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 060-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

060-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
       (a)   Pre-tax Deferrals
             Upon enrollment or re-enrollment in the Plan, each
             Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
             according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
             Matched Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to six
             percent of his Compensation.  A Participant may also
             elect to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of one to
             four percent of his Compensation.

             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
             must be a fixed whole percentage.

             The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
             Participant for each payroll period while an
             election under this Section is in effect will be
             reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax
             Deferrals.  The Company will make contributions to
             the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
             contributions will be allocated to the Participant's
             Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched
             Pre-tax Deferral Account, whichever is applicable,
             as of the last day of the payroll period in which
             such amounts are deferred.

       (b)   Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
             Deferrals
             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
             will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in
             his Compensation, until he elects to change such
             percentage.

             Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
             period which coincides with or next follows any
             January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
             Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax Deferral
             percentage rate.  To make the change, he must file
             an election with the Plan Administrator before the
             effective date of the change, according to rules
             established by the Plan Administrator.

             A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax Deferrals
             at any time during a Plan Year, provided he files an
             election form with the Plan Administrator according
             to rules established by the Plan Administrator.  A
             Participant who has elected to suspend all his
             deferrals may resume his Pre-tax Deferrals effective
             as of the first day of the first payroll period
             which coincides with or next follows any subsequent
             January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1.  To resume
             Pre-tax Deferrals, he must file an election with the
             Plan Administrator before the effective date of the
             resumption, according to rules established by the
             Plan Administrator.

060-1.03  Matching Contributions
       The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
       calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
       profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
       available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of the
       amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
       Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

       Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
       does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
       profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
       Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
       determine that the Company will make the Matching
       Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
       accumulated profits.

       The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
       income of the Company determined in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles and methods
       consistently applied.

060-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
       The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
       Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined by
       the Board in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 060-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS

060-2.01  Participant Accounts
       The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
       Accounts for each Participant:

       (a)   A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-tax
                  Deferrals;

             (2)  credited with the value of the matched portion
                  of his Elective Deferral Account, if any, as of
                  December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-
             tax Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   A Matching Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                  Matching Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (2)  credited with the value of his Participating
                  Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                  December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
             Contribution Account is determined according to
             Section 060-8.02.

       (c)   A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                  Nonelective Contributions;

             (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (3)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
             Contributions Account is always one hundred percent.

       (d)   A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of Profit
                  Sharing Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (2)  credited with the value of his Supplemental
                  Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                  December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account is determined according to
             Section 060-8.02.

       (e)   An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched Pre-
                  tax Deferrals;

             (2)  credited with the value of the unmatched
                  portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                  any, as of December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched
             Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
             percent.

060-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures
       Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus forfeitures
       arising from Participant Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account balances which are available for reallocation in a
       Plan Year, if any, will be allocated as of the end of each
       Plan Year to the Profit Sharing Contributions Account of
       each Participant who is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on the last day of the Plan Year.

       The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution to
       be allocated to each such Participant will bear the same
       ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
       Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
       total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
       Participants.

       In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
       Company which does not participate in this Plan or to an
       employment status such that he is no longer an Eligible
       Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing Contribution
       will be allocated to his Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, based on the ratio that the Participant's
       Compensation received for the Plan Year while a
       Participant in this Plan bears to the total Compensation
       for the Plan Year of all such Participants, provided that
       the Participant is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on the last day of such Plan Year.

060-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
       Company contributions which result from a Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
       Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
       Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate.  An allocation
       will occur as of the last day of each payroll period
       during which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals
       withheld from his Compensation.  The amount of the
       allocation will equal the amount of the participant's
       Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
       withheld during such payroll period.

060-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
       Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter and
       forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching
       Contributions Account balances which are available for
       reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated to
       each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as of
       each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to fifty percent
       of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals contributed
       to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on such
       Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Company Matching
       Contribution allocated to the Participant's Matching
       Contributions Account for that Plan Year shall not exceed
       fifty percent of the Participant's total Matched and
       Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year which do
       not exceed six percent of his Compensation for the Plan
       Year.

       As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day
       of each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching
       Contribution will be allocated to the Matching
       Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
       employee of the Company or an Associated Company on such
       date.  The amount to be allocated is the amount which,
       when added to all other Company Matching Contributions
       allocated to such Participant's Matching Contributions
       Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the Plan
       Year, equals fifty percent of the Participant's total
       Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year
       which do not exceed six percent of his Compensation for
       the Plan Year.

       The Plan Administrator may implement such procedures as it
       deems appropriate to increase the probability that
       Participants may receive the maximum amount of Company
       Matching Contributions available to them under the terms
       of the Plan, but the Plan Administrator shall not be
       liable or responsible if any Participant fails to receive
       the maximum Company Matching Contributions which may have
       been available had the Participant made different
       elections.

060-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
       Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
       Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
       the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
       for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
       such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
       amounts at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
       may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
       certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
       Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
       Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
       as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
       the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(5)
       are satisfied.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 060-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

060-3.01  Participation in the Plan
       (a)   Each Eligible Employee who is a Participant on
             December 31, 1988 will remain a Participant on
             January 1, 1989.

             Each Eligible Employee who was hired before
             January 1, 1989 will become a Participant on
             January 1, 1989.

       (b)   Each other Eligible Employee who was hired on or
             after January 1, 1989 will become a Participant as
             of the first day of the first payroll period which
             coincides with or immediately follows the last day
             of the calendar quarter during which the later of
             the following occurs:

             (1)  The last day of the twelve month period in
                  which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service.  The
                  twelve month period will be the twelve
                  consecutive month period beginning on his first
                  day of employment or, if he fails to complete
                  1,000 Hours of Service within such period, the
                  twelve consecutive month period beginning the
                  first day of the Plan Year following his first
                  day of employment, or any subsequent Plan Year;

             (2)  the date he attains age twenty one; and

             (3)  the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

       (c)   On and after January 1, 1989, a Participant will
             first be eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals on the
             later of February 1, 1989 or the date he becomes a
             Participant according to Subsections (a) or (b)
             above.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 060-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

060-8.02  Vesting Requirements
       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who
       was employed by an Associated Company as of December 31,
       1988 is always one hundred percent.

       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
       whose employment began on or after January 1, 1989 is as
       follows:

       (a)   The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-
             tax Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions
             Account Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, and
             Rollover Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   The Vested Portion of a Participants' Matching
             Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account is based on his years of
             Service as of the date his employment terminates, as
             follows:

                  Years of Service         Vested Portion
                  Less than 1                     0%
                  1 but less than 2              20%
                  2 but less than 3              40%
                  3 but less than 4              60%
                  4 but less than 5              80%
                  5 or more                     100%

             Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a
             Participant reaches age sixty five while employed by
             the Employer, his Vested Portion of his Matching
             Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 060-A
                           DEFINITIONS

060-A.1  Accounts
       "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
       Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account.  These
       Accounts are described in Section 060-2.01.  In addition,
       an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover Account, which is
       described in Section 1.11.

060-A.8  Compensation
       "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
       (including elective contributions that are made by the
       Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
       includable in gross income under Sections 125 and
       402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions,
       performance incentives, shift differentials, supplemental
       pay, severance pay, and other pay received by a
       Participant from the Employer.

060-A.11  Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an
       officer, who is an employee of an Employer and who is paid
       on a salaried basis from the Employer's United States
       payroll, but excludes:

       (a)   any person whose employment is covered by the terms
             of a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
             benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; 

       (b)   any person whose employment relationship is limited
             to that of a consultant to the Employer, as
             determined by the Plan Administrator;

       (c)   any person who is a leased employee described in
             Section 414(n) of the Code; and 

       (d)   any person who is a nonresident alien and who
             receives no United States source income.

060-A.12  Employer
       "Employer" means Dole Food Company, Inc. and any
       Associated Company which adopts the Plan.

<PAGE>










                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 067

                DOLE DRIED FRUIT AND NUT COMPANY

                       RETIREMENT APPENDIX







<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page(s)


                          ARTICLE 067-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
067-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals. . . . . . . . .I-1
067-1.03  Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
067-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 067-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS
067-2.01  Participant Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
067-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . II-2
067-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . II-4
067-2.04  Allocation of Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . II-4
067-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions. . . . . . . II-6
067-2.07  Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-7

                         ARTICLE 067-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
067-3.01  Participation in the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 067-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
067-8.02  Vesting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 067-A
                           DEFINITIONS
067-A.1  Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
067-A.8  Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
067-A.11 Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2
067-A.12 Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-3


<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION

Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Dole Dried
Fruit and Nut Company Retirement Plan, (the "Plan"), effective
July 1, 1988 for the benefit of certain employees of the Dole
Dried Fruit and Nut Company (a subsidiary of Dole Food Company,
Inc.) and such other affiliates of Dole Food Company, Inc. who
adopt the Plan.  Effective January 1, 1993, this Plan was merged
with Plan 060.  This Operating Company Appendix sets forth
certain provisions of this Plan applicable to the employees who
formerly were participants in the Dole Dried Fruit and Nut
Company Retirement Plan, and such other employees who become
eligible pursuant to this Appendix.

The Section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
number of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 067-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.  


<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 067-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

067-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
       (a)   Pre-tax Deferrals
             Upon enrollment or re-enrollment in the Plan, each
             Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
             according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
             Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to six percent of
             his or her Compensation.  Effective January 1, 1989,
             each Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
             according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make Pre-
             tax Deferrals of one percent to eight percent of his
             or her Compensation.

             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
             must be a fixed whole percentage.

             The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
             Participant for each payroll period while an
             election under this Section is in effect will be
             reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax
             Deferrals.  The Company will make contributions to
             the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
             contributions will be allocated to the Participant's
             Elective Deferral Account as of the last day of the
             payroll period in which such amounts are deferred.

       (b)   Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
             Deferrals
             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
             will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in
             his or her Compensation, until he or she elects to
             change such percentage.

             Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
             period which coincides with or next follows any
             January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
             Participant may elect to change his or her Pre-tax
             Deferral percentage rate.  To make the change, he or
             she must file an election with the Plan
             Administrator before the effective date of the
             change according to rules established by the Plan
             Administrator.

             A Participant may suspend all his or her Pre-tax
             Deferrals at any time during a Plan Year, provided
             he or she files an election form with the Plan
             Administrator according to rules established by the
             Plan Administrator.  A Participant who has elected
             to suspend all his or her deferrals may resume his
             or her Pre-tax Deferrals effective as of the first
             day of the first payroll period which coincides with
             or next follows any subsequent January 1, April 1,
             July 1 or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax Deferrals,
             the Participant must file an election with the Plan
             Administrator before the effective date of the
             resumption, according to rules established by the
             Plan Administrator.

067-1.03  Matching Contributions
       The Employer will make a Matching Contribution for each
       payroll period, out of current or accumulated net profits,
       in an amount which, when added to forfeitures available,
       equals the sum of the amounts to be allocated to
       Participants' Employer Contributions Accounts for such
       payroll period.

       Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Employer
       does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
       profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
       Contribution, the Board of Directors of the Employer in
       its sole discretion may determine that the Employer will
       make the Matching Contribution, notwithstanding the lack
       of current or accumulated profits.

       The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
       income of the Employer determined in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles and methods
       consistently applied.

067-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
       Each Employer shall make a Profit Sharing Contribution,
       out of current or accumulated net profits, as defined in
       Section 1.03, equal to two percent of its total payroll. 
       Such amount shall be allocated to Participants' Employer
       Contributions Accounts in accordance with Section 2.02.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 067-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS

067-2.01  Participant Accounts
       The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
       Accounts for each Participant:

       (a)   An Elective Deferral Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's Pre-tax
                  Deferrals;

             (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (3)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Pre-tax
             Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   An Employer Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                  Matching Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (2)  credited with the Participant's share of Profit
                  Sharing Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his or her
             Employer Contribution Account is determined
             according to Section 067-8.02.

       (c)   A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                  Nonelective Contributions;

             (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (3)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his or her
             Nonelective Contributions Account is always one
             hundred percent.

067-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions
       Profit Sharing Contributions for a Plan Year will be
       allocated as of the end of each Plan Year to the Employer
       Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
       Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.  

       Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective January
       1, 1990, in the event that an employee who is a
       Participant terminates employment during the Plan Year
       upon or after attaining his or her Normal Retirement Date,
       or as a result of death or Permanent and Total Disability,
       then such employee shall receive an allocation to his or
       her Employer Contribution Account of a portion of the
       Profit Sharing Contribution made for such Plan Year.

       The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution to
       be allocated to each such Participant will bear the same
       ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
       Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
       total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
       Participants.

       In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
       Company which does not participate in this Plan or to an
       employment status such that he or she is no longer an
       Eligible Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing
       Contribution will be allocated to his or her Employer
       Contributions Account based on the ratio that the
       Participant's Compensation received for the Plan Year
       while a Participant in this Plan bears to the total
       Compensation for the Plan Year of all such Participants,
       provided that the Participant is an employee of the
       Company or an Associated Company on the last day of such
       Plan Year.

067-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
       Employer contributions which result from a Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
       Elective Deferral Account.  An allocation will occur as of
       the last day of each payroll period during which the
       Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals withheld from his or her
       Compensation.  The amount of the allocation will equal the
       amount of the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals withheld
       during such payroll period. 

067-2.04  Allocation of Matching Contributions
       Matching Contributions for a payroll period will be
       allocated to each Participant's Employer Contributions
       Account as of the last day of each payroll period in an
       amount equal to the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals
       contributed to the Plan during such payroll period,
       provided that the maximum Matching Contributions made on
       behalf of a Participant during a Plan Year may not exceed
       three percent of the Participant's Compensation for such
       Plan Year.  For the Plan Year ending December 31, 1988,
       the Matching Contribution shall equal each Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals up to six percent of the Participant's
       Compensation for the period from July 1, 1988 through
       December 31, 1988.  Notwithstanding the preceding
       sentences, effective on or after January 1, 1993, Company
       Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter will be
       allocated to each Participant's Employer Contributions
       Account as of each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to
       fifty percent of the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals
       contributed to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on
       such Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Matching
       Contributions made on behalf of a Participant during a
       Plan Year may not exceed fifty percent of the
       Participant's Pre-tax Deferral's for such Plan Year which
       do not exceed six percent of Compensation for such Plan
       Year.  

       As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day
       of each Plan Year, an additional Matching Contribution
       will be allocated to the Employer Contributions Account of
       each Participant who is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on such date.  The amount to be
       allocated is the amount which, when added to all other
       Matching Contributions allocated to such Participant's
       Employer Contributions Account as of each Valuation Date
       which occurs in the Plan Year, equals the Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year which do not exceed
       three percent of his or her Compensation for the Plan
       Year.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective
       January 1, 1993, the amount to be allocated is the amount
       which, when added to all other Matching Contributions
       allocated to such Participant's Employer Contributions
       Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the Plan
       Year, equals fifty percent of the Participant's Pre-tax
       Deferrals which do not exceed six percent of his
       Compensation for the Plan Year.

       The Plan Administrator may implement such procedures as it
       deems appropriate to increase the probability that
       Participants may receive the maximum amount of Matching
       Contributions available to them under the terms of the
       Plan, but the Plan Administrator shall not be liable or
       responsible if any Participant fails to receive the
       maximum Matching Contributions which may have been
       available had the Participant made different elections.

067-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
       Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
       Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
       the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
       for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
       such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
       amounts at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
       may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
       certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
       Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
       Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
       as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
       the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(5)
       are satisfied.

067-2.07  Forfeitures
       The forfeitures arising from Participants' Employer
       Contributions Account balances which are available as of
       the last day of each Plan Year, if any, will be allocated
       to reduce the Employer contributions during such Plan
       Year.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 067-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

067-3.01  Participation in the Plan
       (a)   Each Eligible Employee who was employed by Tenneco,
             Inc. or its subsidiaries on January 1, 1988 will
             become a Participant on July 1, 1988.

       (b)   Each other Eligible Employee will become a
             Participant as of the first day of the first payroll
             period which coincides with or immediately follows
             the last day of the calendar quarter during which
             the later of the following occurs:

             (1)  the date the Eligible Employee completes one
                  year of Service; and

             (2)  the date he or she becomes an Eligible
                  Employee.

       (c)   A Participant will first be eligible to make Pre-tax
             Deferrals on the date he or she becomes a
             Participant according to Subsections (a) or (b)
             above.
<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 067-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

067-8.02  Vesting Requirements
       (a)   The Vested Portion of a Participant's Elective
             Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions Account
             and Rollover Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   The Vested Portion of a Participants' Employer
             Contributions Account is based on the Participant's
             years of Service as of the date his or her
             employment terminates, as follows:

             Years of Service         Percentage Vested
                  Less than 3                     0%
                  3 but less than 4              20%
                  4 but less than 5              40%
                  5 but less than 6              60%
                  6 but less than 7              80%
                  7 or more                     100%

             Notwithstanding the preceding, effective April 1,
             1993, the Vested Portion of a Participant's Employer
             Contributions Account shall be determined in
             accordance with the following schedule:

             Years of Service         Vested Portion
                  Less than 1                     0%
                  1 but less than 2              20%
                  2 but less than 3              40%
                  3 but less than 4              60%
                  4 but less than 5              80%
                  5 or more                     100%

             Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a
             Participant reaches age sixty five while employed by
             the Employer, his Vested Portion of his Matching
             Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account shall be one hundred percent.
<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 067-A
                           DEFINITIONS

067-A.1  Accounts
       "Accounts" means a Participant's Elective Deferral
       Account, Employer Contributions Account, and Nonelective
       Contributions Account.  These Accounts are described in
       Section 067-2.01.  In addition, an Eligible Employee may
       have a Rollover Account, which is described in Section
       1.11.

067-A.8  Compensation
       "Compensation" means the sum of (i) an Employee's total
       compensation during a Plan Year, excluding overtime
       premiums, incentives, bonuses, commissions, equalization
       pay and supplemental pay and (ii) the amount contributed
       as an elective deferral by the Employer to a plan
       qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code pursuant to a
       salary reduction agreement.  

       Effective January 1, 1990, "Compensation" means the sum of
       (i) an Employee's total compensation during a Plan Year,
       excluding incentives, bonuses, and severance pay, (ii) the
       amount contributed as an elective deferral by the Employer
       to a plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code
       pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, and (iii) the
       amount by which the Employee elects to reduce his or her
       compensation pursuant to a plan described in Section 125
       of the Code.

       Compensation shall be determined by the Employer under
       rules adopted by the Company to be uniformly applicable to
       all Participants similarly situated.

       Effective January 1, 1993, "Compensation" means the
       Participant's base salary (including elective
       contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of
       the Participant that are not includable in gross income
       under Sections 125 and 402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses,
       overtime, commissions, performance incentives, shift
       differentials, supplemental pay, severance pay, and other
       pay received by a Participant from the Employer.

067-A.11  Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" means any person employed by the
       Employer who is included within the groups of employees
       designated by the Employer as being covered by the Plan,
       but excludes:

       (a)   any person whose employment is covered by the terms
             of a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
             benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining;

       (b)   any person who is a leased employee described in
             Section 414(n) of the Code; 

       (c)   any person who is a nonresident alien and who
             receives no United States source income; and

       (d)   any person who is a participant in the Dole Nut
             Company Retirement Plan.

067-A.12  Employer
       "Employer" means Dole Dried Fruit and Nut Company (a
       subsidiary of the Company) and any Associated Company
       which adopts the Plan according to Article XIV.

<PAGE>










                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 071
                             TAXDIP
                               FOR
                       SALARIED EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                   DOLE PACKAGED FOODS COMPANY

<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                               Page

                          ARTICLE 071-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
071-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals. . . . . . . . .I-1
071-1.03  Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
071-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 071-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS
071-2.01  Participant Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
071-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and
          Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-4
071-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . II-5
071-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions . . . . II-6
071-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions. . . . . . . II-7

                         ARTICLE 071-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
071-3.01  Participation in the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 071-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
071-8.02  Vesting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 071-A
                           DEFINITIONS
071-A.1  Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
071-A.8  Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
071-A.11 Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
071-A.12 Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2

<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION


Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle &
Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Castle and Cooke
Plan", effective June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its
employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Castle & Cooke Plan was amended
and restated in its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Castle & Cooke Plan was frozen
and all contributions under the Plan were suspended effective
January 1, 1989. Effective January 1, 1989 the Castle & Cooke
Plan was divided into seven separate plans, each surviving plan
covering a separate line of business within Dole Food Company,
Inc.  The assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1988
applicable to the participants of each successor plan have been
transferred to such plans.

In connection with the transfer of such assets to this plan, Dole
Food Company, Inc. established the Dole Packaged Foods Tax
Deferred Investment Plan, the "Plan", for Eligible Employees of
Dole Packaged Foods.  Effective January 1, 1989, the Plan is
reactivated and renamed the "Tax Deferred Investment Plan for
Salaried Employees of Dole Packaged Foods Company."  Participant
Pre-tax Deferrals and related Company Matching Contributions were
reactivated effective March 1, 1989.

Effective January 1, 1993, this Plan was merged with Plan 060. 
This Operating Company Appendix sets forth certain provisions of
this Plan applicable to the employees who formerly were
participants in the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees of Dole Packaged Foods Company, and such other
employees who become eligible pursuant to this Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 071-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.  


<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 071-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

071-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
       (a)   Pre-tax Deferrals
             Upon enrollment or re-enrollment in the Plan, each
             Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
             according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
             Matched Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to six
             percent of his Compensation.  A Participant may also
             elect to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of one to
             four percent of his Compensation.

             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
             must be a fixed whole percentage.

             The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
             Participant for each payroll period while an
             election under this Section is in effect will be
             reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax
             Deferrals.  The Company will make contributions to
             the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
             contributions will be allocated to the Participant's
             Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-
             tax Deferral Account, whichever is applicable, as of
             the last day of the payroll period in which such
             amounts are deferred.

       (b)   Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax Deferrals
             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
             will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in
             his Compensation, until he elects to change such
             percentage.

             Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
             period which coincides with or next follows any
             January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
             Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax Deferral
             percentage rate.  To make the change, he must file
             an election with the Plan Administrator before the
             effective date of the change, according to rules
             established by the Plan Administrator.

             A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax Deferrals
             at any time during a Plan Year, provided he files an
             election form with the Plan Administrator according
             to rules established by the Plan Administrator.  A
             Participant who has elected to suspend all his
             deferrals may resume his Pre-tax Deferrals effective
             as of the first day of the first payroll period
             which coincides with or next follows any subsequent
             January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.  To resume
             Pre-tax Deferrals, he must file an election with the
             Plan Administrator before the effective date of the
             resumption, according to rules established by the
             Plan Administrator.


071-1.03  Matching Contributions
       The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
       calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
       profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
       available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of the
       amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
       Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

       Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
       does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
       profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
       Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
       determine that the Company will make the Matching
       Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
       accumulated profits.

       The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
       income of the Company determined in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles and methods
       consistently applied.

071-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
       The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
       Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined by
       the Board in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 071-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS

071-2.01  Participant Accounts
       The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
       Accounts for each Participant:

       (a)   A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:
             (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-tax
                  Deferrals;

             (2)  credited with the value of the matched portion
                  of his Elective Deferral Account, if any, as of
                  December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched
             Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
             percent.

       (b)   A Matching Contributions Account which is:
             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                  Matching Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (2)  credited with the value of his Participating
                  Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                  December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
             Contribution Account is determined according to
             Section 071-8.02.

       (c)   A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                  Nonelective Contributions;

             (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (3)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
             Contributions Account is always one hundred percent.

       (d)   A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's share of Profit
                  Sharing Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (2)  credited with the value of his Supplemental
                  Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                  December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account is determined according to
             Section 071-8.02.

       (e)   An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

             (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched Pre-
                  tax Deferrals;

             (2)  credited with the value of the unmatched
                  portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                  any, as of December 31, 1988;

             (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                  and

             (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched Pre-
             tax Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

071-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures
       Company Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus
       forfeitures arising from Participant Profit Sharing
       Contributions Account balances which are available for
       reallocation in a Plan Year, if any, will be allocated as
       of the end of each Plan Year to the Profit Sharing
       Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
       employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
       last day of the Plan Year provided such Participant is not
       eligible to receive a bonus from the Company or an
       Associated Company for such Plan Year.  

       The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution to
       be allocated to each such Participant will bear the same
       ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
       Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
       total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
       Participants.

       In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
       Company which does not participate in this Plan or to an
       employment status such that he is no longer an Eligible
       Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing Contribution
       will be allocated to his Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, based on the ratio that the Participant's
       Compensation received for the Plan Year while a
       Participant in this Plan bears to the total Compensation
       for the Plan Year of all such Participants, provided that
       the Participant is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on the last day of such Plan Year.

071-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
       Company contributions which result from a Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
       Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
       Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate.  An allocation
       will occur as of the last day of each payroll period
       during which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals
       withheld from his Compensation.  The amount of the
       allocation will equal the amount of the Participant's
       Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
       withheld during such payroll period.

071-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
       Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter and
       forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching
       Contributions Account balances which are available for
       reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated to
       each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as of
       each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to fifty percent
       of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals contributed
       to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on such
       Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Company Matching
       Contribution allocated to the Participant's Matching
       Contributions Account for the Plan Year shall not exceed
       fifty percent of the Participant's total Matched and
       Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year which do
       not exceed six percent of his Compensation for the Plan
       Year.

       As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day
       of each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching
       Contribution will be allocated to the Matching
       Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
       employee of the Company or an Associated Company on such
       date.  The amount to be allocated is the amount which,
       when added to all other Company Matching Contributions
       allocated to such Participant's Matching Contributions
       Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the Plan
       Year, equals fifty percent of the Participant's total
       Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year
       which do not exceed six percent of his Compensation for
       the Plan Year.  

       The Plan Administrator may implement such procedures as it
       deems appropriate to increase the probability that
       Participants may receive the maximum amount of Company
       matching Contributions available to them under the terms
       of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall not be liable
       or responsible if any Participant fails to receive the
       maximum Company Matching Contributions which may have been
       available had the Participant made different elections.

071-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
       Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
       Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
       the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
       for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
       such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
       amounts at the Board's discretion. Notwithstanding the
       foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
       may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
       certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
       Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
       Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
       as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
       the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(5)
       are satisfied.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 071-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

071-3.01  Participation in the Plan
       (a)   Each Eligible Employee who was a participant in the
             Castle & Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan on
             December 31, 1988 will become a Participant on
             January 1, 1989.

             Each Eligible Employee who was hired before January
             1, 1989 will become a Participant on January 1,
             1989.

       (b)   Each other Eligible Employee who was hired on or
             after January 1, 1989 will become a Participant on
             the first day of the first payroll period which
             coincides with or immediately follows the last day
             of the calendar quarter during which the later of
             the following occurs:

             (1)  The last day of the twelve month period in
                  which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service.  The
                  twelve month period will be the twelve
                  consecutive month period beginning on his first
                  day of employment or, if he fails to complete
                  1,000 Hours of Service within such period, in
                  the twelve consecutive month period beginning
                  the first day of the Plan Year following his
                  first day of employment, or any subsequent Plan
                  Year.

             (2)  the date he attains age twenty one; and

             (3)  the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

       (c)   On and after January 1, 1989, a Participant will
             first be eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals on the
             later of March 1, 1989 or the date he becomes a
             Participant according to Subsections (a) or (b)
             above.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 071-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

071-8.02  Vesting Requirements
       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who
       was employed by an Associated Company as of December 31,
       1988 is always one hundred percent.

       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
       whose employment began on or after January 1, 1989 is as
       follows:

       (a)   The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched
             Pre-tax Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions
             Account, Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, and
             Rollover Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   The Vested Portion of a Participants' Matching
             Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account is based on his years of
             Service as of the date his employment terminates, as
             follows:

                  Years of Service         Vested Portion
                  Less than 1                    0%
                  1 but less than 2             20%
                  2 but less than 3             40%
                  3 but less than 4             60%
                  4 but less than 5             80%
                  5 or more                    100%

             Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, when a
             Participant reaches age sixty five while employed by
             the Employer, his Vested Portion of his Matching
             Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 071-A
                           DEFINITIONS

071-A.1  Accounts
       "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
       Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account.  These
       Accounts are described in Section 071-2.01.  In addition,
       an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover Account, which is
       described in Section 1.11.

071-A.8  Compensation
       "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
       (including elective contributions that are made by the
       Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
       includable in gross income under Sections 125 and
       402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions,
       performance incentives, shift differentials, supplemental
       pay, severance pay, and other pay received by a
       Participant from the Employer.

071-A.11  Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an
       officer, who is an employee of an Employer and who is paid
       on a salaried basis from the Employer's United States
       payroll, but excludes:

       (a)   any person whose employment is covered by the terms
             of a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
             benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; 

       (b)   any person whose employment relationship is limited
             to that of a consultant to the Employer as
             determined by the Plan Administrator;  

       (c)   any person who is a leased employee described in
             Section 414(n) of the Code; and 

       (d)   any person who is a nonresident alien and who
             receives no United States source income.

071-A.12  Employer
       "Employer" means Dole Packaged Foods Company.

<PAGE>















                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 072
                             TAXDIP
                               FOR
                       SALARIED EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                      CASTLE & COOKE HOMES
           CASTLE & COOKE PROPERTIES AND LANAI COMPANY





<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                             Page

                          ARTICLE 072-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
       072-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals . . . .I-1
       072-1.03  Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
       072-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions. . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 072-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS
       072-2.01  Participant Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
       072-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing
                 Contributions and Forfeitures . . . . . . . II-4
       072-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals . . . . . . II-5
       072-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching
                 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-5
       072-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions . . II-7

                         ARTICLE 072-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
       072-3.01  Participation in the Plan . . . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 072-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
       072-8.02  Vesting Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 072-A
                           DEFINITIONS
       072-A.1.  Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       072-A.8   Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       072-A.11  Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       072-A.12  Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2

<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION


Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle &
Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Castle and Cooke
Plan", effective June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its
employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Castle & Cooke Plan was amended
and restated in its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Plan was frozen and all
contributions under the Plan were suspended effective January 1,
1989.  Effective January 1, 1989 the Plan was divided into seven
separate plans, each surviving plan covering a separate line of
business within Dole Food Company, Inc.  The assets and
liabilities as of December 31, 1988 applicable to the
participants of each successor plan have been transferred to such
plans.

In connection with the transfer of such assets to this plan, Dole
Food Company, Inc. established the Oceanic Properties Tax
Deferred Investment Plan, the "Plan", for Eligible Employees of
Oceanic Properties, effective January 1, 1989.  Participant
Pre-Tax Deferrals and related Company Matching Contributions were
reactivated effective April 1, 1989.  Effective January 1, 1993,
this Plan was merged with Plan 060.  This Operating Company
Appendix sets forth certain provisions of this Plan applicable to
the employees who formerly were participants in the Oceanic
Properties Tax Deferred Investment Plan  (which later became
known as the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried Employees
of Castle & Cooke Homes, Castle & Cooke Properties and Lanai
Company), and such other employees who become eligible pursuant
to this Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 072-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 072-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

072-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
       (a)  Pre-tax Deferrals
            Upon enrollment or reenrollment in the Plan, each
            Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
            according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
            Matched Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to six
            percent of his Compensation.  A Participant may also
            elect to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of one to
            four percent of his Compensation.

            A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate must
            be a fixed whole percentage.

            The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
            Participant for each payroll period while an election
            under this Section is in effect will be reduced by
            the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals. 
            The Company will make contributions to the Plan equal
            to the amount deferred.  The contributions will be
            allocated to the Participant's Matched Pre-tax
            Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral
            Account, whichever is applicable, as of the last day
            of the payroll period in which such amounts are
            deferred.

       (b)  Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
            Deferrals A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage
            rate will remain in effect, notwithstanding any
            change in his Compensation, until he elects to change
            such percentage.

            Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
            period which coincides with or next follows any
            January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
            Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax Deferral
            percentage rate.  To make the change, he must file an
            election with the Plan Administrator before the
            effective date of the change, according to rules
            established by the Plan Administrator.

            A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax Deferrals
            at any time during a Plan Year, provided he files an
            election form with the Plan Administrator according
            to rules established by the Plan Administrator.  A
            Participant who has elected to suspend all his
            deferrals may resume his Pre-tax Deferrals effective
            as of the first day of the first payroll period which
            coincides with or next follows any subsequent January
            1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax
            Deferrals, he must file an election with the Plan
            Administrator before the effective date of the
            resumption, according to rules established by the
            Plan Administrator.

072-1.03  Matching Contributions
       The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
       calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
       profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
       available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of the
       amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
       Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

       Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
       does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
       profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
       Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
       determine that the Company will make the Matching
       Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
       accumulated profits.

       The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
       income of the Company determined in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles and methods
       consistently applied.

072-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
       The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
       Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined by
       the Board in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 072-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS

072-2.01  Participant Accounts
       The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
       Accounts for each Participant:
       (a)  A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

            (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-tax
                 Deferrals;

            (2)  credited with the value of the matched portion
                 of his Elective Deferral Account, if any, as of
                 December 31, 1988;

            (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                 and

            (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

            The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-tax
            Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)  A Matching Contributions Account which is:

            (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                 Matching Contributions and related forfeitures;

            (2)  credited with the value of his Participating
                 Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                 December 31, 1988;

            (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                 and

            (4)  charged with distributions.

            A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
            Contribution Account is determined according to
            Section 072-8.02.

       (c)  A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

            (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                 Nonelective Contributions;

            (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                 and

            (3)  charged with distributions.

            A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
            Contributions Account is always one hundred percent.

       (d)  A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

            (1)  credited with the Participant's share of Profit
                 Sharing Contributions and related forfeitures;

            (2)  credited with the value of his Supplemental
                 Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                 December 31, 1988;

            (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                 and

            (4)  charged with distributions.

            A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit Sharing
            Contributions Account is determined according to
            Section 072-8.02.

       (e)  An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:
            (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched Pre-
                 tax Deferrals;

            (2)  credited with the value of the unmatched portion
                 of his Elective Deferral Account, if any, as of
                 December 31, 1988;

            (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                 and

            (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

            The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched Pre-
            tax Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

072-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures
       Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus forfeitures
       arising from Participant Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account balances which are available for reallocation in a
       Plan Year, if any, will be allocated as of the end of each
       Plan Year to the Profit Sharing Contributions Account of
       each Participant who is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on the last day of the Plan Year. 

       The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution to
       be allocated to each such Participant will bear the same
       ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
       Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
       total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
       Participants.

       In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
       Company which does not participate in this Plan or to an
       employment status such that he is no longer an eligible
       employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing Contribution
       will be allocated to his Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, based on the ratio that the Participant's
       Compensation received for the Plan Year while a
       Participant in this Plan bears to the total Compensation
       for the Plan Year of all such Participants, provided that
       the Participant is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on the last day of such Plan Year.

072-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
       Company contributions which result from a Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
       Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
       Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate.  An allocation
       will occur as of the last day of each payroll period
       during which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals
       withheld from his Compensation.  The amount of the
       allocation will equal the amount of the Participant' s
       Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
       withheld during such payroll period.

072-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
       Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter and
       forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching Contribu-
       tions Account balances which are available for
       reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated to
       each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as of
       each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to fifty percent
       of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals contributed
       to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on such
       Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Company Matching
       Contribution allocated to the Participant's Matching
       Contributions Account for the Plan Year shall not exceed
       fifty percent of the Participant's total Matched and
       Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year which do
       not exceed six percent of his Compensation for the Plan
       Year.

       As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day
       of each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching
       Contribution will be allocated to the Matching
       Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
       employee of the Company or an Associated Company on such
       date.  The amount to be allocated is the amount which,
       when added to all other Company Matching Contributions
       allocated to such Participant's Matching Contributions
       Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the Plan
       Year, equals fifty percent of the Participant's total
       Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year
       which do not exceed six percent of his Compensation for
       the Plan Year.  The Plan Administrator may implement such
       procedures as it deems appropriate to increase the
       probability that Participants may receive the maximum
       amount of Company Matching Contributions available to them
       under the terms of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall
       not be liable or responsible if any Participant fails to
       receive the maximum Company Matching Contributions which
       may have been available had the Participant made different
       elections.

       Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, any
       Participant who is classified by the Employer as a
       Residential Sales Representative and who is hired after
       September 6, 1991 shall not receive an allocation of
       Company Matching Contributions.  In addition, effective
       January 1, 1992, any Participant who is classified by the
       Employer as a Residential Sales Representative and who was
       hired on or before September 6, 1991 (excluding any
       Participant whose job title is Sales Manager) shall not
       receive an allocation of Company Matching Contributions.

072-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
       Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
       Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
       the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
       for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
       such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
       amounts at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
       may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
       certain Participants who are Non-highly Compensated
       Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
       Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
       as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
       the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(5)
       are satisfied.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 072-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

072-3.01  Participation in the Plan
       (a)  Each Eligible Employee who was a participant in the
            Castle & Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan on
            December 31, 1988 will become a Participant on
            January 1, 1989.

            Each Eligible Employee who was hired before January
            1, 1989 will become a Participant on January 1, 1989.

       (b)  Each other Eligible Employee who was hired on or
            after January 1, 1989 will become a Participant on
            the first day of the first payroll period which
            coincides with or immediately follows the last day of
            the calendar quarter during which the later of the
            following occurs:

            (1)  The last day of the twelve month period in which
                 he completes 1,000 Hours of Service.  The twelve
                 month period will be the twelve consecutive
                 month period beginning on his first day of
                 employment or, if he fails to complete 1,000
                 Hours of Service within such period, in the
                 twelve consecutive month period beginning the
                 first day of the Plan Year following his first
                 day of employment, or any subsequent Plan Year;

            (2)  the date he attains age twenty one; and

            (3)  the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

       (c)  On and after January 1, 1989, a Participant will
            first be eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals on the
            later of April 1, 1989 or the date he becomes a
            Participant according to Subsections (a) or (b)
            above.

       (d)  Effective January 1, 1995, Eligible Employees who are
            employed by Lanai Resorts Partners shall be allowed
            to participate in the Plan.  Accordingly, if an
            Eligible Employee who is employed by Lanai Resort
            Partners satisfies the requirements of subsection
            072-3.01(b) as of January 1, 1995, he may elect to
            commence to make Pre-tax Deferrals on such date or,
            if he fails to make such an election, he may elect to
            make Pre-tax Deferrals on the first day of the first
            payroll period which coincides with or next follows
            any subsequent January 1, April 1, July 1, or October
            1.  Each other Eligible Employee who is employed by
            Lanai Resorts Partners will first become eligible to
            participate in the Plan on the date he satisfies the
            eligibility requirements under subsection 072-
            3.01(b).  For purposes of determining whether an
            Eligible Employee has satisfied the requirement of
            subsection 3.01(b)(1), the Eligible Employee's
            service with Lanai Resorts Partners shall be taken
            into account.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 072-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

072-8.02  Vesting Requirements
       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who
       was employed by an Associated Company as of December 31,
       1988 is always one hundred percent.

       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
       whose employment began on or after January 1, 1989 is as
       follows:

       (e)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-tax
            Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions Account,
            Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Rollover
            Account is always one hundred percent.

       (f)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
            Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
            Contributions Account is based on his years of
            Service as of the date his employment terminates, as
            follows:

                 Years of Service         Vested Portion
                 Less than 1                     0%
                 1 but less than 2              20%
                 2 but less than 3              40%
                 3 but less than 4              60%
                 4 but less than 5              80%
                 5 or more                     100%

            Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, when a
            Participant reaches age sixty five while employed by
            the Employer, his Vested Portion of his Matching
            Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
            Contributions Account shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 072-A
                           DEFINITIONS

072-A.1  Accounts
       "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
       Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account.  These
       Accounts are described in Section 072-2.01.  In addition,
       an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover Account, which is
       described in Section 1.11.

072-A.8  Compensation
       "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
       (including elective contributions that are made by the
       Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
       includable in gross income under Sections 125 and
       402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions,
       performance incentives, shift differentials, supplemental
       pay, severance pay, and other pay received by a
       Participant from the Employer.

072-A.11  Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an
       officer, who is a salaried employee of an Employer and who
       is paid from the Employer's United States payroll, but
       excludes:

       (a)  any person whose employment is covered by the terms
            of a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
            benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; 

       (b)  any person whose employment relationship is limited
            to that of a consultant to the Employer as determined
            by the Plan Administrator; 

       (c)  any person who is a leased employee described in
            Section 414(n) of the Code; and 

       (d)  any person who is a non-resident alien and who is not
            taxed as if he were a United States citizen.

072-A.12  Employer
       "Employer" means Castle & Cooke Homes, Castle & Cooke
       Properties, Castle & Cooke Development and Lanai Company
       and affiliated companies and, effective January 1, 1995,
       Lanai Resorts Partners.

<PAGE>












                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 073

                TAXDIP FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES OF

                      DOLE FRESH VEGETABLES
<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page

                          ARTICLE 073-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
       073-1.01  Contribution of Participant
                 Deferrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
       073-1.03  Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
       073-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions and
                 Supplemental Contributions. . . . . . . . . .I-4

                         ARTICLE 073-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS
       073-2.01  Participant Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
       073-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing
                 Contributions and Forfeitures . . . . . . . II-7
       073-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals . . . . . . II-8
       073-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching
                 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-8
       073-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions . .II-10
       073-2.07  Allocation of Supplemental Company
                 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .II-10
       073-2.08  Allocation of Supplemental Profit Sharing
                 Contributions and Forfeitures . . . . . . .II-12

                         ARTICLE 073-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
       073-3.01  Participation in the Plan . . . . . . . . .III-1

                          ARTICLE 073-V
           INVESTMENTS: ALLOCATION OF GAINS AND LOSSES
       073-5.01  Investment of Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . .V-1

                        ARTICLE 073-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
       073-8.01  Benefits Upon Termination of Employment . VIII-1
       073-8.02  Vesting Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1
       073-8.04  Disposition of Forfeitures. . . . . . . . VIII-3

                         ARTICLE 073-IX
                    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
       073-9.01  Form of Benefits for Retirement and Other
                 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-1
       073-9.02  Timing of Distributions . . . . . . . . . . IX-2
       073-9.03  Joint and Survivor Pension. . . . . . . . . IX-4
       073-9.04  Waiver Election - Qualified Joint and
                 Survivor Annuity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-9
       073-9.05  Waiver Election - Qualified Preretirement
                 Survivor Annuity. . . . . . . . . . . . . .IX-11

                         APPENDIX 073-A
                           DEFINITIONS
       073-A.1   Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       073-A.8   Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
       073-A.11  Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2
       073-A.12  Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2


<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION


Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle &
Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Castle and Cooke
Plan", effective June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its
employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Castle & Cooke Plan was amended
and restated in its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Plan was frozen and all
contributions under the Plan were suspended effective January 1,
1989.  Effective January 1, 1989, the Plan was divided into seven
separate plans, each surviving plan covering a separate line of
business within Dole Food Company, Inc.  The assets and
liabilities as of December 31, 1988 applicable to the
participants of each successor plan have been transferred to such
plans.

In connection with the transfer of such assets to this plan, Dole
Food Company, Inc. established the Dole Fresh Vegetables Tax
Deferred Investment Plan (the "Fresh Vegetables TAXDIP"), for
Eligible Employees of Dole Fresh Vegetables, effective January 1,
1989.  Participant Pre-Tax Deferrals and related Company Matching
Contributions were reactivated effective March 1, 1989.

Effective January 1, 1991, the Fresh Vegetables TAXDIP was
amended to permit Supplemental Company Contributions and
Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions.  Effective July 1,
1991, the assets and liabilities of the Dole Fresh Vegetable
Profit Sharing Plan were transferred to the Fresh Vegetables
TAXDIP.

Effective July 1, 1992, the Bud Antle, Inc. Pension Plan was
merged into the Fresh Vegetables TAXDIP and all of its assets and
liabilities were transferred to the Fresh Vegetables TAXDIP.

Effective January 1, 1993, this Plan was merged with Plan 060. 
This Operating Company Appendix sets forth certain provisions of
this Plan applicable to the employees who formerly were
participants in the Fresh Vegetables TAXDIP (which later became
known as the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried Employees
of Dole Fresh Vegetables), and such other employees who become
eligible pursuant to this Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 073-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 073-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

073-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
          (a)  Pre-tax Deferrals
               Upon enrollment or reenrollment in the Plan, each
               Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
               according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
               Matched Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to six
               percent of his Compensation.  A Participant may
               also elect to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of
               one to four percent of his Compensation. 
               Effective January 1, 1991, a Participant may elect
               to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of one to
               seven percent of his Compensation.

               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               must be a fixed whole percentage.

               The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to
               the Participant for each payroll period while an
               election under this Section is in effect will be
               reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax
               Deferrals.  The Company will make contributions to
               the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
               contributions will be allocated to the
               Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and
               Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, whichever is
               applicable, as of the last day of the payroll
               period in which such amounts are deferred.

          (b)  Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
               Deferrals  A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral
               percentage rate will remain in effect,
               notwithstanding any change in his Compensation,
               until he elects to change such percentage.

               Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
               period which coincides with or next follows any
               January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
               Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax
               Deferral percentage rate.  To make the change, he
               must file an election with the Plan Administrator
               before the effective date of the change, according
               to rules established by the Plan Administrator.

               A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax
               Deferrals at any time during a Plan Year, provided
               he files an election form with the Plan
               Administrator according to rules established by
               the Plan Administrator.  A Participant who has
               elected to suspend all his deferrals may resume
               his Pre-tax Deferrals effective as of the first
               day of the first payroll period which coincides
               with or next follows any subsequent January 1,
               April 1, July 1, or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax
               Deferrals, he must file an election with the Plan
               Administrator before the effective date of the
               resumption, according to rules established by the
               Plan Administrator.

073-1.03  Matching Contributions
          The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
          calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
          profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
          available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of
          the amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
          Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
          does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
          profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
          Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
          determine that the Company will make the Matching
          Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
          accumulated profits.

          The term current or accumulated net profits means the
          net income of the Company determined in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles and methods
          consistently applied.

073-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions and Supplemental
          Contributions
          (a)  The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by
               the Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be
               determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

          (b)  Effective January 1, 1991, the Company shall make
               a Supplemental Company Contribution, out of
               current or accumulated net profits, as defined in
               Section 1.03, equal to three percent of the
               aggregate Compensation of those Participants
               entitled to an allocation pursuant to Section
               2.07.

          (c)  (1)  Effective January 1, 1991, the Company shall
                    make a Supplemental Profit Sharing
                    Contribution equal to an amount determined by
                    the following schedule and based on the
                    aggregate Compensation of those Participants
                    entitled to an allocation pursuant to
                    Section 073-2.08:


<PAGE>
       If following percentage        The contribution shall
       of the Employer's Profit Goal  be the following percentage
       for the Plan Year is met:      of Compensation:

            Less than 85%                      3%

            At least 85%, but
            less than 100%                     4%

            100% or more                       5%

               (2)  For this purpose, the Employer's "Profit
                    Goal" for a Plan Year shall be its earnings
                    before interest and taxes as reported on its
                    final operating budget as approved by the
                    Board for the year, together with such
                    changes to the operating budget as are
                    adopted by the Board.  For purposes of
                    calculating the contribution to the Plan, the
                    earnings before interest and taxes for any
                    operating group within the Employer shall not
                    be less than zero.

               (3)  The amount of Supplemental Profit Sharing
                    Contributions made for a Plan Year shall be
                    reduced by the amount not allocated pursuant
                    to Section 073-2.08 as a result of the
                    requirements of Code Section 410(b).

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 073-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS

073-2.01  Participant Accounts
          The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
          Accounts for each Participant:

          (a)  A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-
                    tax Deferrals;

               (2)  credited with the value of the matched
                    portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                    any, as of December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-
               tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (b)  A Matching Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Matching Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  credited with the value of his Participating
                    Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                    December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
               Contribution Account is determined according to
               Section 073-8.02.

          (c)  A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Nonelective Contributions;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
               Contributions Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (d)  A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Profit Sharing Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  credited with the value of his Supplemental
                    Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                    December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account is determined
               according to Section 073-8.02.

          (e)  An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched
                    Pre-tax Deferrals;

               (2)  credited with the value of the unmatched
                    portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                    any, as of December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (f)  A Supplemental Company Contributions Account which
               is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Supplemental Company Contributions;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Supplemental
               Company Contributions Account is always one
               hundred percent.

          (g)  A Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions
               Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions and
                    related forfeitures;

               (2)  credited with the value of the Participant's
                    account from the Dole Fresh Vegetables Profit
                    Sharing Plan, which account is transferred to
                    the Plan, effective July 1, 1991;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               The Vested Portion of the Supplemental Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account with respect to
               Participants who become Eligible Employees prior
               to July 1, 1991 is always one hundred percent. 
               The Vested Portion of the Supplemental Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account with respect to
               Participants who become Eligible Employees on or
               after July 1, 1991, is determined according to
               Section 073-8.02.  The Vested Portion of the
               Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions Account
               attributable to amounts transferred from the Dole
               Fresh Vegetables Profit Sharing Plan is always one
               hundred percent.

          (h)  A Frozen Bud Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's entire
                    account balance including earnings (or
                    losses), from the Bud Antle, Inc. Pension
                    Plan, as of July 1, 1992, the date on which
                    such plan merged with this Plan;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Frozen Bud
               Account is always one hundred percent.


073-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures
          Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus forfeitures
          arising from Participants' Profit Sharing Contributions
          Account balances which are available for reallocation
          in a Plan Year, if any, will be allocated as of the end
          of each Plan Year to the Profit Sharing Contributions
          Account of each Participant who is an employee of the
          Company or an Associated Company on the last day of the
          Plan Year.

          The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution
          to be allocated to each such Participant will bear the
          same ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
          Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
          the total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants.

          In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
          Company which does not participate in this Plan or to
          an employment status such that he is no longer an
          Eligible Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing
          Contribution will be allocated to his Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account, based on the ratio that the
          Participant's Compensation received for the Plan Year
          while a Participant in this Plan bears to the total
          Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants, provided that the Participant is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of such Plan Year.

073-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
          Company contributions which result from a Participant's
          Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the
          Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and
          Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, whichever is
          appropriate.  An allocation will occur as of the last
          day of each payroll period during which the Participant
          has Pre-tax Deferrals withheld from his Compensation. 
          The amount of the allocation will equal the amount of
          the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and
          Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals withheld during such
          payroll period.

073-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
          Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter
          and forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching
          Contributions Account balances which are available for
          reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated
          to each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as
          of each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to fifty
          percent of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals
          contributed to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending
          on such Valuation Date, provided that the maximum
          Company Matching Contribution allocated to the
          Participant's Matching Contributions Account for the
          Plan Year shall not exceed fifty percent of the
          Participant's total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax
          Deferrals for such Plan Year which do not exceed six
          percent of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

          As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last
          day of each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching
          Contribution will be allocated to the Matching
          Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on
          such date.  The amount to be allocated is the amount
          which, when added to all other Company Matching
          Contributions allocated to such Participant's Matching
          Contributions Account as of each Valuation Date which
          occurs in the Plan Year, equals fifty percent of the
          Participant's total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax
          Deferrals for such Plan Year which do not exceed six
          percent of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

          The Plan Administrator may implement such procedures as
          it deems appropriate to increase the probability that
          Participants may receive the maximum amount of Company
          matching Contributions available to them under the
          terms of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall not be
          liable or responsible if any Participant fails to
          receive the maximum Company Matching Contributions
          which may have been available had the Participant made
          different elections.

073-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
          Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
          Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant
          in the ratio that the Compensation of each such
          Participant for the Plan Year bears to the total
          Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan
          Year, or in equal dollar amounts at the Board's
          discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,
          the Company in its sole discretion, may limit
          allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to certain
          Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees. 
          Except for hardship withdrawal rules under Section
          6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated as
          Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
          the requirements of Treasury Regulation
          1.401(k)-l(b)(5) are satisfied.

073-2.07  Allocation of Supplemental Company Contributions
          Effective January 1, 1991, Supplemental Company
          Contributions will be allocated as of the end of each
          Plan Year to the Supplemental Company Contributions
          Account of each eligible Participant, as defined below,
          who is an employee of the Company or an Associated
          Company on the last day of the Plan Year.

          The portion of the Supplemental Company Contribution to
          be allocated to each such Participant will bear the
          same ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
          Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
          the total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants eligible for an allocation.

          In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
          Company which does not participate in this Plan during
          a Plan Year, a Supplemental Company Contribution will
          be allocated to his Supplemental Company Contributions
          Account, based on the ratio that the Participant's
          Compensation received for the Plan Year while a
          Participant in this Plan bears to the total
          Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants, provided that the Participant is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of such Plan Year. 

          For purposes of this Section, an eligible Participant
          is an Eligible Employee in grade 14 or below on the
          first day of the Plan Year, who, as of December 31,
          1990 was an employee and was a member of the group of
          employees eligible to participate in the Retirement
          Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees of Dole Fresh
          Vegetables.

073-2.08  Allocation of Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions
          and Forfeitures
          Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus
          forfeitures arising from Participants' Supplemental
          Profit Sharing Contributions Account balances which are
          available for reallocation in a Plan Year, if any, will
          be allocated as of the end of each Plan Year to the
          Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions Account of
          each Participant who is an employee of the Company or
          an Associated Company on the last day of the Plan Year.
          

          The portion of the Supplemental Profit Sharing
          Contribution to be allocated to each such Participant
          will bear the same ratio to the total amount to be
          allocated as the Participant's Compensation for the
          Plan Year bears to the total Compensation for the Plan
          Year of all such Participants eligible for an
          allocation.

          In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
          Company which does not participate in this Plan during
          a Plan Year, a Supplemental Profit Sharing Contribution
          will be allocated to his Supplemental Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account based on the ratio that the
          Participant's Compensation received for the Plan Year
          while a Participant in this Plan bears to the total
          Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants, provided that the Participant is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of such Plan Year.


<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 073-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

073-3.01  Participation in the Plan
          (a)  Each Eligible Employee who was a participant in
               the Castle & Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment
               Plan on December 31, 1988 will become a
               Participant on January 1, 1989.

               Each Eligible Employee who was hired before
               January 1, 1989 will become a Participant on
               January 1, 1989.

          (b)  Each other Eligible Employee who was hired on or
               after January 1, 1989 will become a Participant on
               the first day of the first payroll period which
               coincides with or immediately follows the last day
               of the calendar quarter during which the later of
               the following occurs:

               (1)  the last day of the twelve month period in
                    which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service. 
                    The twelve month period will be the twelve
                    consecutive month period beginning on his
                    first day of employment or, if he fails to
                    complete 1,000 Hours of Service within such
                    period, in the twelve consecutive month
                    period beginning the first day of the Plan
                    Year following his first day of employment,
                    or any subsequent Plan Year.

               (2)  the date he attains age twenty one; and

               (3)  the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

          (c)  On and after January 1, 1989, a Participant will
               first be eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals on the
               later of March 1, 1989 or the date he becomes a
               Participant according to Subsections (a) or (b)
               above.

          (d)  An Eligible Employee who, as of December 31, 1990,
               was a member of the group of employees eligible to
               participate in the Dole Fresh Vegetable Profit
               Sharing Plan will become a Participant, only with
               respect to Supplemental Profit Sharing
               Contributions, on January 1, 1991.

          (e)  An Eligible Employee who, as of December 31, 1990,
               was a member of the group of employees eligible to
               participate in the Retirement Plan for Non-
               Bargaining Unit Employees of Dole Fresh Vegetables
               will become a Participant, only with respect to
               Supplemental Company Contributions, on January 1,
               1991.

          (f)  An Eligible Employee who, as of June 30, 1992, was
               a member of the group of employees eligible to
               participate in the Bud Antle, Inc. Pension Plan
               will become a Participant, only with respect to
               his Frozen Bud Account, on July 1, 1992.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 073-V
           INVESTMENTS: ALLOCATION OF GAINS AND LOSSES

073-5.01  Investment of Accounts
          In addition to the provisions set forth in Section 5.01
          of the main Plan document, upon transfer of a
          Participant's account balance under the Bud Antle, Inc.
          Pension Plan to his Frozen Bud Account under this Plan
          as of July 1, 1992, a Participant may designate the
          Investment Funds in which his Frozen Bud Account will
          be invested, other than amounts invested with the
          Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 073-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

073-8.01  Benefits Upon Termination of Employment
          Notwithstanding the main Plan document, with respect to
          a Participant's Frozen Bud Account only, a
          Participant's Distribution Date cannot be earlier than
          the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
          following the date he reaches age fifty-five, provided
          he has terminated employment.

073-8.02  Vesting Requirements
          The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
          who was employed by an Associated Company as of
          December 31, 1988 is always one hundred percent.

          The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
          whose employment began on or after January 1, 1989 is
          as follows:

          (a)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-
               tax Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions
               Account,  Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account,
               Supplemental Company Contributions Account and
               Rollover Account is always one hundred percent.

          (b)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
               Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account is based on his years of
               Service as of the date his employment terminates,
               as follows:

                    Years of Service         Vested Portion
                 Less than 1                     0%
                 1 but less than 2              20%
                 2 but less than 3              40%
                 3 but less than 4              60%
                 4 but less than 5              80%
                 5 or more                     100%

               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, when a
               Participant reaches age sixty-five while employed
               by the Employer, his Vested Portion of his
               Matching Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account shall be one hundred
               percent.

          (c)  The Vested Portion of the Supplemental Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account of a Participant who
               became an Eligible Employee prior to July 1, 1991
               is always one hundred percent.  The Vested Portion
               of the Supplemental Profit Sharing Contributions
               Account of a Participant who became an Eligible
               Employee on or after July 1, 1991 shall be
               determined in accordance with Subsection (b)
               above.

          (d)  The Vested Portion of the Frozen Bud Account of a
               Participant is always one hundred percent.

073-8.04  Disposition of Forfeitures
          Any forfeitures that are transferred from the Bud
          Antle, Inc. Pension Plan to this Plan, as a part of the
          merger effective July 1, 1992, shall be used to reduce
          future Company Matching Contributions under Sections
          073-1.03 and 073-2.04.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 073-IX
                    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

073-9.01  Form of Benefits for Retirement and Other Termination
          Notwithstanding the main Plan document, with respect to
          a Participant's Frozen Bud Account only, distribution
          of such account will be in the form of a qualified
          joint and survivor annuity (as defined in Section 073-
          9.03(a)) for a married Participant or an annuity for
          life for an unmarried Participant.  A Participant may
          elect any of the following optional forms of payment
          with respect to his Frozen Bud Account subject to the
          provisions of Sections 073-9.03, 073-9.04 and 073-9.05: 
          (i) a contingent annuitant option which provides for
          income payable to the Participant and for the
          continuance of 50%, 66-2/3%, 75% or 100% of such income
          payments to a designated Beneficiary, if living, after
          the Participant's death, or (ii) a single cash lump sum
          payment.  Payment under any optional format benefit
          (other than cash) shall be made by using the
          Participant's Account to purchase a commercial annuity
          payable to the Participant, with the amount of the
          monthly benefits determined under the annuity.

073-9.02  Timing of Distributions
          (a)  Notwithstanding the main Plan document, if any
               portion of the Participant's Frozen Bud Account is
               paid in a form other than a lump sum, then
               payments shall be made in accordance with Code
               Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder
               (which are hereby incorporated by reference) and
               may only be made over the life of the Participant
               (or over the lives of the Participant and his
               designated Beneficiary) or over a period not
               extending beyond the life expectancy of the
               Participant (or over a period not extending beyond
               the life expectancy of the Participant and his
               designated Beneficiary).  The amount distributed
               each year shall not be less than the amount
               prescribed in the regulations under Code Section
               401(a)(9), including the minimum distribution
               incidental benefit requirement thereunder.

          (b)  If the Participant dies after distribution of his
               Frozen Bud Account has begun, the remainder will
               continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as
               under the method of distribution before the
               Participant's death.

          (c)  If the Participant dies before distribution of his
               Frozen Bud Account has commenced, the
               Participant's entire interest will be distributed
               by December 31 of the calendar year containing the
               fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
               except to the extent that an election is made to
               receive distributions in accordance with
               paragraphs (1) or (2) below:

               (1)  If any portion of the Participant's interest
                    is payable to a designated Beneficiary,
                    distributions may be made only over the life
                    or over a period certain not greater than the
                    life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary
                    commencing on or before December 31 of the
                    calendar year immediately following the
                    calendar year in which the Participant died;

               (2)  If the designated Beneficiary is the
                    Participant's surviving spouse, the date
                    distributions are required to begin in
                    accordance with paragraph (1) above, shall
                    not be earlier than December 31 of the
                    calendar year in which the Participant would
                    have attained age 70-1/2.  If the Participant
                    was at least age 70-1/2 at the time of his
                    death, then distribution to his surviving
                    spouse shall begin no later than December 31
                    of the calendar year immediately following
                    the calendar year in which the Participant
                    died.  If the spouse dies before payments
                    begin, subsequent distributions shall be made
                    as if the spouse had been the Participant.

          (d)  For purposes of Subsections (f), (g) and (h),
               above, payments will be calculated by use of the
               return multiples specified in Treasury Regulation
               Section 1.72-9.  Life expectancy of the
               Participant and a surviving spouse beneficiary may
               be recalculated annually; however, in the case of
               any other designated Beneficiary, life expectancy
               may not be recalculated after the time payments
               begin.  This Section shall apply notwithstanding
               any other provision of the Plan.  The sole purpose
               of such Sections is to limit the manner in which
               payments may be made under the Plan in accordance
               with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations
               thereunder, and they do not confer any rights or
               benefits upon any Participant, spouse or
               Beneficiary.

073-9.03  Joint and Survivor Pension
          The provisions of this Section and Sections 073-9.04
          and 073-9.05 shall take precedence over any conflicting
          provisions in the Plan, and shall apply only to a
          Participant who has a Frozen Bud Account balance, and
          only with respect to the portion of the benefit payable
          from the Frozen Bud Account.

          (a)  A married or unmarried Participant's balance in
               his Frozen Bud Account shall be distributed in the
               form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity,
               unless the Participant makes a valid waiver
               election (described in Section 073-9.04) within
               the ninety (90) day period ending on the Annuity
               Starting Date (as defined in Subsection (e)
               below).  A qualified joint and survivor annuity is
               an annuity that is purchasable with the
               Participant's balance in the Frozen Bud Account
               and that is payable for the life of the
               Participant with, if the Participant is married on
               the Annuity Starting Date, a survivor annuity for
               the life of the Participant's surviving spouse
               that is fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the
               annuity payable during the joint lives of the
               Participant and the Participant's spouse.  The
               Participant may waive (subject to Section 073-
               9.04) the qualified joint and survivor annuity,
               and elect payment of the Frozen Bud Account in a
               form described in Section 9.01.

          (b)  On or before the Annuity Starting Date, the
               Account balance shall be paid in a lump sum, in
               lieu of a qualified joint and survivor annuity, if
               the  Participant's vested Account balance is not
               greater than $3,500.

          (c)  If a married Participant dies before his Annuity
               Starting Date, one hundred percent (100%) of the
               Participant's balance in the Frozen Bud Account
               (including any life insurance proceeds payable
               with respect therefor) will be paid to the
               Participant's surviving spouse in the form of a
               qualified preretirement survivor annuity, unless
               the Participant has a valid waiver election (as
               described in Section 073-9.05) in effect, or
               unless the Participant and the Participant's
               spouse were not married throughout the one (1)
               year period ending on the date of the
               Participant's death.  A qualified preretirement
               survivor annuity is an annuity that is purchasable
               with one hundred percent (100%) of the
               Participant's balance in the Frozen Bud Account
               (determined as of the date of the Participant's
               death) and that is payable for the life of the
               Participant's surviving spouse.  The Participant's
               surviving spouse may elect to commence payment of
               the qualified preretirement survivor annuity
               within a reasonable period of time following the
               date of the Participant's death.  If the present
               value of the qualified preretirement survivor
               annuity exceeds $3,500, the qualified
               preretirement survivor annuity payable to the
               Participant's surviving spouse shall not commence
               before the date the Participant would have
               attained Normal Retirement Age, without the
               written consent of the surviving spouse.  The
               Participant's surviving spouse may elect to
               receive the benefit payable pursuant to this
               subsection (c) in a lump sum in lieu of the
               qualified preretirement survivor annuity.  The
               surviving spouse's consent or election described
               in the preceding two sentences must be obtained
               within the ninety (90) day period ending on the
               Annuity Starting Date.  The Plan Administrator
               shall provide the surviving spouse, no less than
               thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days
               before the Annuity Starting Date, with notice of
               the surviving spouse's right to defer distribution
               from the Plan, a description of the terms and
               conditions of the qualified preretirement survivor
               annuity and of the surviving spouse's right to
               elect, and the effect of an election, to receive
               the surviving spouse's benefit in the form of a
               lump sum.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
               this Section, if the present value of the
               qualified preretirement survivor annuity is not
               greater than $3,500, the qualified preretirement
               survivor annuity shall be paid in the form of a
               lump sum distribution to the Participant's
               surviving spouse as soon as administratively
               feasible after the Participant's death.

          (d)  If the Participant has in effect a valid waiver
               election regarding the qualified joint and
               survivor annuity or the qualified preretirement
               survivor annuity, the Participant's balance in the
               Frozen Bud Account shall be distributed in the
               form elected in Section 9.01.  For purposes of
               applying this Article 073-IX, a former spouse
               shall be treated as the Participant's spouse or
               surviving spouse to the extent provided under a
               "qualified domestic relations order" within the
               meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code.

          (e)  For purposes of this Article 073-IX, the "Annuity
               Starting Date" means the first day of the first
               period for which an amount is paid as an annuity
               or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the
               form of an annuity, the first day on which all
               events have occurred that entitle the Participant
               (or the surviving spouse in the case of a
               qualified preretirement survivor annuity) to such
               benefit.

073-9.04  Waiver Election - Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
          In the case of a Participant with a balance in the
          Frozen Bud Account, and whose Account balance is $3,500
          or more, the following shall apply:

          (a)  No less than thirty (30) days and no more than
               ninety (90) days before the Participant's Annuity
               Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall
               provide the Participant a written explanation of
               the terms and conditions of the qualified joint
               and survivor annuity, the Participant's right to
               make, and the effect of, an election to waive the
               qualified joint and survivor annuity form of
               benefit and elect another form instead, the
               material features and relative values of the
               qualified joint and survivor annuity and alternate
               forms of benefit, the rights of the Participant's
               spouse regarding the waiver election and the
               Participant's right to make, and the effect of, a
               revocation of a waiver election.  The Plan does
               not limit the number of times the Participant may
               revoke a waiver of the qualified joint and
               survivor annuity or make a new waiver during the
               election period.

          (b)  A Participant's waiver election is not valid
               unless (1) the Participant's spouse (to whom the
               survivor annuity is payable under the qualified
               joint and survivor annuity) has consented in
               writing to the waiver election, the spouse's
               consent acknowledges the effect of the election,
               and a notary public or the Plan Administrator (or
               his representative) witnesses the spouse's
               consent; (2) the spouse consents to the alternate
               form of benefit designated by the Participant or
               to any change in that designated form of payment;
               and (3) unless the spouse is the Participant's
               sole Beneficiary, the spouse consents to the
               Participant's Beneficiary designation or to any
               change in the Participant's Beneficiary
               designation.  The spouse may execute a general
               consent to any form of payment designation or to
               any Beneficiary designation made by the
               Participant without further spousal consent, if
               the spouse, in writing, acknowledges and waives
               the right to limit that consent to a specific
               designation.  The spouse's consent to a waiver of
               the qualified joint and survivor annuity shall be
               irrevocable unless the Participant revokes the
               waiver election.

          (c)  The Plan Administrator may accept as valid a
               waiver election that does not satisfy the spousal
               consent requirement if the Plan Administrator
               establishes the Participant does not have a
               spouse; the Plan Administrator is not able to
               locate the Participant's spouse; the spouse is
               legally incompetent to give consent and the
               spouse's guardian gives consent; the Participant
               is legally separated or has been abandoned (within
               the meaning of local law) and the Participant has
               a court order to that effect (unless a qualified
               domestic relations order (within the meaning of
               Code Section 414(p) provides that spousal consent
               may not be waived); or other circumstances exist
               under which the Secretary of the Treasury will
               excuse the consent requirement.

073-9.05  Waiver Election - Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity 
          In the case of a Participant with a balance in the
          Frozen Bud Account, the following shall apply:

          (a)  The Plan Administrator shall provide each
               Participant, in a manner consistent with Treasury
               Regulations, a written explanation of the terms
               and conditions of the qualified preretirement
               survivor annuity comparable to the explanation of
               the qualified joint and survivor annuity required
               under Section 9.04.  The written explanation shall
               be provided to the Participant within the period
               beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in
               which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32)
               and ending on the last day of the Plan Year in
               which the Participant attains age thirty-four
               (34). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
               written explanation shall be provided to a
               Participant who separates from service before age
               thirty-five (35) within the period beginning one
               (1) year before he separates from service and
               ending one (1) year thereafter.

          (b)  A Participant may waive the preretirement survivor
               annuity if, and only if:

               (1)  the Participant makes the waiver election no
                    earlier than the first day of the Plan Year
                    in which he attains age thirty-five (35);

               (2)  the election satisfies the spousal consent
                    requirements described in Section 9.04(b) and
                    (c); and

               (3)  the spouse's consent specifically
                    acknowledges the Participant's designation of
                    Beneficiary or any change in the
                    Participant's Beneficiary designation.

               The spouse's consent to a waiver of the qualified
               preretirement survivor annuity shall be
               irrevocable unless the Participant revokes the
               waiver election.  The spouse may execute a general
               consent, complying with the requirements of
               paragraphs (1) and (2), that permits the
               Participant to change the designation of
               Beneficiary without the requirement of further
               spousal consent.  Any such consent must
               acknowledge the spouse's right to limit the
               consent to a specific Beneficiary, and state that
               the spouse waives that right.  Notwithstanding
               paragraph (1), if the Participant separates from
               service before the first day of the Plan Year in
               which he attains age thirty-five (35), the Plan
               Administrator shall thereafter accept a waiver
               election with respect to the Participant's accrued
               benefit attributable to service before his
               separation from service.

          (c)  A Participant who will not attain age thirty-five
               (35) as of the end of the Plan Year may make a
               special qualified election to waive the qualified
               preretirement survivor annuity for the period
               beginning on the date of such election and ending
               on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
               Participant will attain age thirty-five (35). 
               Such election shall not be valid unless the
               Participant receives a written explanation of the
               qualified preretirement survivor annuity
               comparable to the explanation required under
               Section 073-9.05(a).  The special waiver described
               in this Subsection (c) will automatically expire
               as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
               Participant attains age thirty-five (35).  Any new
               waiver on or after such date shall be subject to
               the full requirements of this Section 073-9.05.
<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 073-A
                           DEFINITIONS

073-A.1   Accounts
          "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax
          Deferral Account, Matching Contributions Account,
          Nonelective Contributions Account, Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account, and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral
          Account.  Effective January 1, 1991, "Accounts" shall
          also include a Participant's Supplemental Company
          Contributions Account and Supplemental Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account.  Effective July 1, 1992,
          "Accounts" shall include a Participant's Frozen Bud
          Account.  These Accounts are described in Section 073-
          2.01.  In addition, an Eligible Employee may have a
          Rollover Account, which is described in Section 1.11.

073-A.8   Compensation
          "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
          (including elective contributions that are made by the
          Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
          includable in gross income under Sections 125 and
          402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions,
          performance incentives, shift differentials,
          supplemental pay, severance pay, and other pay received
          by a Participant from the Employer.

073-A.11  Eligible Employee
          "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an
          officer, who is an employee of an Employer and who is
          paid from the Employer's United States payroll, but
          excludes:

          (a)  any person whose employment is covered by the
               terms of a collective bargaining agreement, if
               retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
               bargaining; 
          (b)  any person whose employment relationship is
               limited to that of a consultant to the Employer as
               determined by the Plan Administrator; 

          (c)  any person who is a leased employee described in
               Section 414(n) of the Code; and 

          (d)  any person who is a nonresident alien and who
               receives no United States source income. 
 
073-A.12  Employer
          "Employer" means Dole Fresh Vegetables.

<PAGE>













                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 074

                             TAXDIP

                               FOR

                       SALARIED EMPLOYEES 

                               OF

                      WAIALUA SUGAR COMPANY

<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page

                          ARTICLE 074-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
          074-1.01  Contribution of Participant
                    Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
          074-1.03  Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . .I-3
          074-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . .I-4

                         ARTICLE 074-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS
          074-2.01  Participant Accounts . . . . . . . . . . II-1
          074-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing
                    Contributions and Forfeitures. . . . . . II-4
          074-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals. . . . . II-5
          074-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching
                    Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-6
          074-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective
                    Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-7

                         ARTICLE 074-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
          074-3.01  Participation in the Plan. . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 074-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
          074-8.02  Vesting Requirements . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 074-A
                           DEFINITIONS
          074-A.1   Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
          074-A.8   Compensation . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
          074-A.11  Eligible Employee. . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
          074-A.12  Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2


<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION


Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle &
Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Castle and Cooke
Plan", effective June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its
employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Castle & Cooke Plan was amended
and restated in its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Castle & Cooke Plan was frozen
and all contributions under the Plan were suspended effective
January 1, 1989.  Effective January 1, 1989 the Castle & Cooke
Plan was divided into seven separate plans, each surviving plan
covering a separate line of business within Dole Food Company,
Inc.  The assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1988
applicable to the participants of each successor plan have been
transferred to such plans.

In connection with the transfer of such assets to this plan, Dole
Food Company, Inc. established the Waialua Sugar Company Tax
Deferred Investment Plan for Eligible Employees of Waialua Sugar
Company, effective January 1, 1989.  Participant Pre-Tax
Deferrals and related Company Matching Contributions were
reactivated effective March 1, 1989.  Effective January 1, 1993,
this Plan was merged with Plan 060.  This Operating Company
Appendix sets forth certain provisions of this Plan applicable to
the employees who formerly were participants in the Tax Deferred
Investment Plan for Salaried Employees of Waialua Sugar Company,
and such other employees who become eligible pursuant to this
Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 074-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 074-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

074-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
          (a)  Pre-tax Deferrals
               Upon enrollment or reenrollment in the Plan, each
               Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
               according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
               Matched Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to six
               percent of his Compensation.  A Participant may
               also elect to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of
               one to four percent of his Compensation.  

               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               must be a fixed whole percentage.

               The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to
               the Participant for each payroll period while an
               election under this Section is in effect will be
               reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax
               Deferrals. The Company will make contributions to
               the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
               contributions will be allocated to the
               Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and
               Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, whichever is
               applicable, as of the last day of the payroll
               period in which such amounts are deferred.

          (b)  Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
               Deferrals 
               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change
               in his Compensation, until he elects to change
               such percentage.

               Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
               period which coincides with or next follows any
               January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
               Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax
               Deferral percentage rate.  To make the change, he
               must file an election with the Plan Administrator
               before the effective date of the change, according
               to rules established by the Plan Administrator.

               A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax
               Deferrals at any time during a Plan Year, provided
               he files an election form with the Plan
               Administrator according to rules established by
               the Plan Administrator.  A Participant who has
               elected to suspend all his deferrals may resume
               his Pre-tax Deferrals effective as of the first
               day of the first payroll period which coincides
               with or next follows any subsequent January 1,
               April 1, July 1, or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax
               Deferrals, he must file an election with the Plan
               Administrator before the effective date of the
               resumption, according to rules established by the
               Plan Administrator.

074-1.03  Matching Contributions
          The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
          calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
          profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
          available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of
          the amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
          Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
          does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
          profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
          Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
          determine that the Company will make the Matching
          Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
          accumulated profits.

          The term current or accumulated net profits means the
          net income of the Company determined in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles and methods
          consistently applied.

074-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
          The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
          Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined
          by the Board in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 074-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS

074-2.01  Participant Accounts
          The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
          Accounts for each Participant:

          (a)  A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-
                    tax Deferrals;

               (2)  credited with the value of the matched
                    portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                    any, as of December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (b)  A Matching Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Matching Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  credited with the value of his Participating
                    Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                    December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
               Contribution Account is determined according to
               Section 074-8.02.

          (c)  A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Nonelective Contributions;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
               Contributions Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (d)  A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Profit Sharing Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  credited with the value of his Supplemental
                    Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                    December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account is determined
               according to Section 074-8.02.

          (e)  An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched
                    Pre-tax Deferrals;

               (2)  credited with the value of the unmatched
                    portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                    any, as of December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

074-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures 
          Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus
          forfeitures arising from Participant Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account balances which are available for
          reallocation in a Plan Year, if any, will be allocated
          as of the end of each Plan Year to the Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of the Plan Year.

          The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution
          to be allocated to each such Participant will bear the
          same ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the 

          Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to
          the total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants.

          In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
          Company which does not participate in this Plan or to
          an employment status such that he is no longer an
          Eligible Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing
          Contribution will be allocated to his Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account, based on the ratio that the
          Participant's Compensation received for the Plan Year
          while a Participant in this Plan bears to the total
          Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants, provided that the Participant is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of such Plan Year.

074-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
          Company contributions which result from a Participant's
          Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
          Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
          Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate. An allocation
          will occur as of the last day of each payroll period
          during which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals
          withheld from his Compensation.  The amount of the
          allocation will equal the amount of the Participant's
          Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
          withheld during such payroll period.

074-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
          Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter and
          forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching
          Contributions Account balances which are available for
          reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated
          to each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as
          of each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to fifty
          percent of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals
          contributed to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending
          on such Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Company
          Matching Contribution allocated to the Participant's
          Matching Contributions Account for the Plan Year shall
          not exceed fifty percent of the Participant's total
          Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan
          Year which do not exceed six percent of his Compensation
          for the Plan Year.

          As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day
          of each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching
          Contribution will be allocated to the Matching
          Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on such
          date.  The amount to be allocated is the amount which,
          when added to all other Company Matching Contributions
          allocated to such Participant's Matching Contributions
          Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the
          Plan Year, equals fifty percent of the Participant's
          total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such
          Plan Year which do not exceed six percent of his
          Compensation for the Plan Year.  

          The Plan Administrator may implement such procedures as
          it deems appropriate to increase the probability that
          Participants may receive the maximum amount of Company
          Matching Contributions available to them under the terms
          of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator shall not be liable
          or responsible if any Participant fails to receive the
          maximum Company Matching Contributions which may have
          been available had the Participant made different
          elections.

074-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
          Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
          Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
          the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
          for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
          such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
          amounts at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
          may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
          certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
          Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
          Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
          as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
          the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(5)
          are satisfied.
<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 074-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

074-3.01  Participation in the Plan
          (a)  Each Eligible Employee who was a participant in the
               Castle & Cooke, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan
               on December 31, 1988 will become a Participant on
               January 1, 1989.

               Each Eligible Employee who was hired before January
               1, 1989 will become a Participant on January 1,
               1989.

          (b)  Each other Eligible Employee who was hired on or
               after January 1, 1989 will become a Participant on
               the first day of the first payroll period which
               coincides with or immediately follows the last day
               of the calendar quarter during which the later of
               the following occurs:

               (1)  The last day of the twelve month period in
                    which he completes 1,000 Hours of Service. 
                    The twelve month period will be the twelve
                    consecutive month period beginning on his
                    first day of employment or, if he fails to
                    complete 1,000 Hours of Service within such
                    period, in the twelve consecutive month period
                    beginning the first day of the Plan Year
                    following his first day of employment, or any
                    subsequent Plan Year;

               (2)  the date he attains age twenty one; and

               (3)  the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.


          (c)  On and after January 1, 1989, a Participant will
               first be eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals on the
               later of March 1, 1989 or the date he becomes a
               Participant according to Subsections (a) or (b)
               above.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 074-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

074-8.02  Vesting Requirements
          The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who
          was employed by an Associated Company as of December 31,
          1988 is always one hundred percent.

          The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
          whose employment began on or after January 1, 1989 is as
          follows:

          (d)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions
               Account Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account and
               Rollover Account is always one hundred percent.

          (e)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
               Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account is based on his years of
               Service as of the date his employment terminates,
               as follows:

                    Years of Service        Vested Portion
                    Less than 1                   0%
                    1 but less than 2             20%
                    2 but less than 3             40%
                    3 but less than 4             60%
                    4 but less than 5             80%
                    5 or more                     100%

               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, when a
               Participant reaches age sixty five while employed
               by the Employer, his Vested Portion of his Matching
               Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 074-A
                           DEFINITIONS

074-A.1   Accounts
          "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
          Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
          Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions
          Account, and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account.  These
          Accounts are described in Section 074-2.01.  In addition,
          an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover Account, which
          is described in Section 1.11.

074-A.8   Compensation
          "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
          (including elective contributions that are made by the
          Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
          includable in gross income under Sections 125 and
          402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions,
          performance incentives, shift differentials, supplemental
          pay, severance pay, and other pay received by a
          Participant from the Employer.

074-A.11  Eligible Employee
          "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an
          officer, who is a salaried employee of an Employer and
          who is paid from the Employer's United States payroll,
          but excludes:

          (a)  any person whose employment is covered by the terms
               of a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
               benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining;
               

          (b)  any person whose employment relationship is limited
               to that of a consultant to the Employer as
               determined by the Plan Administrator; 

          (c)  any person who is a leased employee described in
               Section 414(n) of the Code; and 

          (d)  any person who is a non-resident alien and who is
               not taxed as if he were a United States citizen.

074-A.12  Employer
          "Employer" means Waialua Sugar Company.

<PAGE>












                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 075
                             TAXDIP
                     FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                           DOLE CITRUS

<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             PAGE

                          ARTICLE 075-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
075-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals. . . . . . . .I-1
075-1.03  Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
075-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 075-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS
075-2.01  Participant Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
075-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions . . . . II-5
075-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals. . . . . . . . . . II-6
075-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions . . . II-7
075-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions. . . . . . II-9

                         ARTICLE 075-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
075-3.01  Participation in the Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 075-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
075-8.02  Vesting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                           APPENDIX A
                           DEFINITIONS
075-A.1   Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
075-A.9   Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
075-A.12  Eligible Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
075-A.13  Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2

<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION


Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle & Cooke,
Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Castle & Cooke Plan",
effective June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its
employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Castle & Cooke Plan was amended and
restated in its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Castle & Cooke Plan was frozen and
all contributions under the Castle & Cooke Plan were suspended
effective January 1, 1989.  Effective January 1, 1989 the Castle &
Cooke Plan was divided into seven separate plans, each surviving
plan covering a separate line of business within Castle & Cooke,
Inc.  The assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1988 applicable
to the participants of each successor plan have been transferred to
such plans.

In connection with the transfer of such assets to this plan, Dole
Food Company, Inc. established the Dole Citrus Tax Deferred
Investment Plan (the "Citrus TAXDIP"), for Eligible Employees of
Dole Citrus, effective January 1, 1989.  Participant Pre-tax
Deferrals and related Company Matching Contributions were
reactivated effective July 1, 1989.  

Effective January 1, 1992, the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for
Hourly Employees of Dole Citrus was established by Dole Food
Company, Inc. for the benefit of the hourly employees of Dole
Citrus.  Effective January 1, 1992, the assets and liabilities of
the Citrus TAXDIP allocable to hourly employees were transferred to
the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Hourly Employees of Dole
Citrus.  The Citrus TAXDIP was amended to limit participation to
salaried employees of Dole Citrus and the name of the Citrus TAXDIP
was changed to the "Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees of Dole Citrus."

Effective January 1, 1993, this Plan was merged with Plan 060. 
This Operating Company Appendix sets forth certain provisions of
this Plan applicable to the employees who formerly were
participants in the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees of Dole Citrus, and such other employees who become
eligible pursuant to this Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 075-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.  


<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 075-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

075-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
          (a)  Pre-tax Deferrals
               Upon enrollment or re-enrollment in the Plan, each
               Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
               according to Section 3.01(c) may elect to make
               Matched Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to three
               percent of his Compensation.  A Participant may
               also elect to make Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of
               one to seven percent of his Compensation.  

               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               must be a fixed whole percentage.

               The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
               Participant for each payroll period while an
               election under this Section is in effect will be
               reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pre-tax
               Deferrals.  The Company will make contributions to
               the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
               contributions will be allocated to the
               Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and
               Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, whichever is
               applicable, as of the last day of the payroll
               period in which such amounts are deferred.

          (b)  Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax Deferrals
               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change
               in his Compensation, until he elects to change such
               percentage.

               Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
               period which coincides with or next follows any
               January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1, a
               Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax
               Deferral percentage rate.  To make the change, he
               must file an election with the Plan Administrator
               before the effective date of the change, according
               to rules established by the Plan Administrator.

               A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax Deferrals
               at any time during a Plan Year, provided he files
               an election form with the Plan Administrator
               according to rules established by the Plan
               Administrator.  A Participant who has elected to
               suspend all his deferrals may resume his Pre-tax
               Deferrals effective as of the first day of the
               first payroll period which coincides with or next
               follows any subsequent January 1, April 1, July 1,
               or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax Deferrals, he must
               file an election with the Plan Administrator before
               the effective date of the resumption, according to
               rules established by the Plan Administrator.

075-1.03  Matching Contributions
          The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
          calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
          profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
          available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of the
          amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
          Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
          does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
          profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
          Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
          determine that the Company will make the Matching
          Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
          accumulated profits.

          The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
          income of the Company determined in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles and methods
          consistently applied.

075-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
          The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
          Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined by
          the Board in its sole discretion.


<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 075-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT:  ALLOCATIONS

075-2.01  Participant Accounts
          The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
          Accounts for each Participant:

          (a)  A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-
                    tax Deferrals;

               (2)  credited with the value of the matched portion
                    of his Elective Deferral Account, if any, as
                    of December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (b)  A Matching Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Matching Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  credited with the value of his Participating
                    Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                    December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
               Contribution Account is determined according to
               Section 075-8.02.

          (c)  A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Nonelective Contributions;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
               Contributions Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (d)  A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Profit Sharing Contributions;

               (2)  credited with the value of his Supplemental
                    Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                    December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account is always one hundred
               percent.

          (e)  A Rollover Employer Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the value as of October 1, 1989
                    of the Participant's rollover contributions
                    made to the Blue Goose Growers, Inc. Profit
                    Sharing Plan;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Rollover
               Employer Account is always one hundred percent.

          (f)  A Transfer Employee Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the value as of October 1, 1989
                    of employee voluntary contribution accounts
                    under the Blue Goose Growers, Inc. Profit
                    Sharing Plan;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Transfer
               Employee Account is always one hundred percent.

          (g)  A Transfer Employer Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the value as of October 1, 1989
                    of employer profit sharing contribution
                    accounts under the Blue Goose Growers, Inc.
                    Profit Sharing Plan;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Transfer
               Employer Account is always one hundred percent.

          (h)  An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched Pre-
                    tax Deferrals;

               (2)  credited with the value of the unmatched
                    portion of his Elective Deferral Account, if
                    any, as of December 31, 1988;

               (3)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (4)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

075-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions 
          Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, will be allocated
          as of the end of each Plan Year to the Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of the Plan Year, provided such Participant has
          completed 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year. 
          The portion of the Profit Sharing Contribution to be
          allocated to each such Participant will bear the same
          ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
          Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
          total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants.  Effective January 1, 1990, the foregoing
          allocation is based on Compensation paid to each
          individual while a Participant.

          In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
          Company which does not participate in this Plan or to an
          employment status such that he is no longer an Eligible
          Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing
          Contribution will be allocated to his Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account, based on the ratio that the
          Participant's Compensation received for the Plan Year
          while a Participant in this Plan bears to the total
          Compensation for the Plan Year of all such Participants,
          provided that the Participant is an employee of the
          Company or an Associated Company on the last day of such
          Plan Year and provided that the Participant has completed
          1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

075-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
          Company contributions which result from a Participant's
          Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
          Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
          Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate.  An
          allocation will occur as of the last day of each payroll
          period during which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals
          withheld from his Compensation.  The amount of the
          allocation will equal the amount of the Participant's
          Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
          withheld during such payroll period.

075-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
          (a)  For the Plan Year Ending December 31, 1989
               Company Matching Contributions for a calendar
               quarter and forfeitures arising from Participants'
               Matching Contributions Account balances which are
               available for reallocation in such quarter, if any,
               will be allocated to each Participant's Matching
               Contributions Account as of each Valuation Date, in
               an amount equal to two hundred percent of the
               Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals contributed
               to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on such
               Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Company
               Matching Contribution allocated to the
               Participant's Matching Contributions Account for
               the Plan Year shall not exceed two hundred percent
               of the Participant's total Matched and Unmatched
               Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year which do not
               exceed three percent of his Compensation for the
               Plan Year.

               As of the last day of the Plan Year, an additional
               Company Matching Contribution will be allocated to
               the Matching Contributions Account of each
               Participant who is an employee of the Company or an
               Associated Company on such date. The amount to be
               allocated is the amount which, when added to all
               the Company Matching Contributions allocated to
               such Participant's Matching Contributions Account
               as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the Plan
               Year, equals two hundred percent of the
               Participant's total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax
               Deferrals for such Plan Year which do not exceed
               three percent of his Compensation for the Plan
               Year.  Compensation earned prior to July 1, 1989
               will be disregarded for purposes of this Subsection
               (a).

          (b)  For Plan Years Beginning On and After January 1, 1990
               Company Matching Contributions for a calendar
               quarter and forfeitures arising from Participants'
               Matching Contributions Account balances which are
               available for reallocation in such quarter, if any,
               will be allocated to each Participant's Matching
               Contributions Account as of each Valuation Date, in
               an amount equal to one hundred percent of the
               Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals contributed
               to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on such
               Valuation Date.

               As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the
               last day of each Plan Year, an additional Company
               Matching Contribution will be allocated to the
               Matching Contributions Account of each Participant
               who is an employee of the Company or an Associated
               Company on such date.  The amount to be allocated
               is the amount which, when added to all the Company
               Matching Contributions allocated to such
               Participant's Matching Contributions Account as of
               each Valuation Date which occurs in the Plan Year,
               equals one hundred percent of the Participant's
               total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for
               such Plan Year which do not exceed three percent of
               his Compensation for the Plan Year.

               The Plan Administrator may implement such
               procedures as it deems appropriate to increase the
               probability that Participants may receive the
               maximum amount of Company Matching Contributions
               available to them under the terms of the Plan.  The
               Plan Administrator shall not be liable or
               responsible if any Participant fails to receive the
               maximum Company Matching Contributions which may
               have been available had the Participant made
               different elections.

075-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
          Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
          Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
          the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
          for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
          such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
          amounts at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
          may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
          certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
          Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
          Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
          as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
          the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(5)
          are satisfied.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 075-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

075-3.01  Participation in the Plan
       (a)  Each Eligible Employee who was a Participant on
            December 31, 1988 in the Castle & Cooke, Inc. Tax
            Deferred Investment Plan will become a Participant on
            January 1, 1989.

            Each Eligible Employee who is compensated on a salaried
            basis and who was hired before January 1, 1989 will
            become a Participant on January 1, 1989.

       (b)  Each Eligible Employee who is compensated on a salaried
            basis and who was hired on or after January 1, 1989 and
            each Eligible Employee who is compensated on an hourly
            basis will become a Participant on the first day of the
            first payroll period which coincides with or
            immediately follows the last day of the calendar
            quarter during which the later of the following occurs:

            (1)  the last day of the twelve month period in which
                 he completes 1,000 Hours of Service.  The twelve
                 month period will be the twelve consecutive month
                 period beginning on his first day of employment
                 or, if he fails to complete 1,000 Hours of
                 Service within such period, the twelve
                 consecutive month period beginning the first day
                 of the Plan Year following his first day of
                 employment, or any subsequent Plan Year.

            (2)  the date he attains age twenty one; and

            (3)  the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

       Notwithstanding the preceding, effective January 1, 1992, an
       employee who is compensated on an hourly basis shall not be
       eligible to become a Participant in the Plan.

       (c)  On and after January 1, 1989, a Participant will first
            be eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals on the later of
            July 1, 1989 or the date he becomes a Participant
            according to Subsections (a) or (b) above.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 075-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

075-8.02  Vesting Requirements
       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who is
       compensated on a salaried basis and who was employed by an
       Associated Company as of December 31, 1988 is always one
       hundred percent.

       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who is
       compensated on a salaried basis and whose employment began
       on or after January 1, 1989 and any Participant who is
       compensated on an hourly basis is as follows:

       (a)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-tax
            Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions Account,
            Profit Sharing Account, Rollover Employer Account,
            Transfer Employee Account, Transfer Employer Account,
            Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, and Rollover
            Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
            Contributions Account is based on his Years of Service
            as of the date his employment terminates, as follows:

                 Years of Service         Vested Portion
                 Less than 3                  0%
                 3 but less than 4           20%
                 4 but less than 5           40%
                 5 but less than 6           60%
                 6 but less than 7           80%
                 7 or more                  100%


            Notwithstanding the preceding, effective April 1, 1993,
            the Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
            Contribution Account shall be determined as follows:

                 Years of Service         Vested Portion
                 Less than 1                  0%
                 1 but less than 2           20%
                 2 but less than 3           40%
                 3 but less than 4           60%
                 4 but less than 5           80%
                 5 or more                  100%

            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant reaches
            age sixty five while employed by the Employer, his
            Vested Portion of his Matching Contributions Account
            shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                           APPENDIX A
                           DEFINITIONS

075-A.1  Accounts
       "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
       Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions Account,
       Rollover Employer Account, Transfer Employee Account,
       Transfer Employer Account and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account.  These Accounts are described in Section 075-2.01. 
       In addition, an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover
       Account, which is described in Section 1.11.

075-A.9  Compensation
       "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
       (including elective contributions that are made by the
       Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
       includable in gross income under Sections 125 and 402(e)(3)
       of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions, performance
       incentives, shift differentials, supplemental pay, severance
       pay, and other pay received by a Participant from the
       Employer.

075-A.12  Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an officer,
       who is an employee of an Employer and who is paid from the
       Employer's United States payroll, but excludes:

            (a)  any person whose employment is covered by the
                 terms of a collective bargaining agreement, if
                 retirement benefits were the subject of good
                 faith bargaining; 

            (b)  any person whose employment relationship is
                 limited to that of a consultant to the Employer
                 as determined by the Plan Administrator; 

            (c)  any person who is a leased employee described in
                 Section 414(n) of the Code;  

            (d)  any person who is a non-resident alien and who is
                 not taxed as if he were a United States citizen;
                 and

            (e)  effective January 1, 1992, in addition to
                 satisfying the above requirements, an employee
                 must be a salaried employee of the Employer as
                 determined by the Plan Administrator in order to
                 be an Eligible Employee.

075-A.13  Employer
       "Employer" means Dole Citrus.

<PAGE>












                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 078

                             TAXDIP

                     FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES

                               OF

                     DOLE BAKERSFIELD, INC.

<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page

                          ARTICLE 078-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS
     078-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals . . . . .I-1
     078-1.03  Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
     078-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions. . . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 078-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS
     078-2.01  Participant Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
     078-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and
               Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-4
     078-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals . . . . . . . II-5
     078-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions. II-5
     078-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions . . . II-6

                         ARTICLE 078-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     078-3.01  Participation in the Plan . . . . . . . . . .III-1

                        ARTICLE 078-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS
     078-8.02  Vesting Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 078-A
                           DEFINITIONS
     078-A.1   Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
     078-A.7   Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
     078-A.10  Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
     078-A.11  Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2

<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION


Effective January 1, 1992, Dole Food Company, Inc. established the
Tax Deferred Investment Plan For Salaried Employees of Dole
Bakersfield, Inc. for the benefit of certain employees Dole
Bakersfield, Inc.  Effective January 1, 1993, this Plan was merged
with Plan 060.  This Operating Company Appendix sets forth certain
provisions of this Plan applicable to the employees who formerly
were participants in the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried
Employees of Dole Bakersfield, and such other employees who become
eligible pursuant to this Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 078-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.  

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 078-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

078-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
          (a)  Pre-tax Deferrals
               Upon enrollment or re-enrollment in the Plan, each
               Participant may elect to make Matched Pre-tax
               Deferrals of one percent to six percent of his
               Compensation.  A Participant may also elect to make
               Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals of one to four percent
               of his Compensation.

               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               must be a fixed whole percentage.

               The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
               Participant for each payroll period while an
               election under this Section is in effect will be
               reduced by the amount of the Participant's Pretax
               Deferrals.  The Company will make contributions to
               the Plan equal to the amount deferred.  The
               contributions will be allocated to the
               Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and
               Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account, whichever is
               applicable, as of the last day of the payroll
               period in which such amounts are deferred.

          (b)  Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
               Deferrals
               A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate
               will remain in effect, notwithstanding any change
               in his Compensation, until he elects to change such
               percentage.

               Effective any January 1, April 1, July 1 or
               October 1, a Participant may elect to change his
               Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate.  To make the
               change, he must file an election with the Plan
               Administrator before the effective date of the
               change, according to rules established by the Plan
               Administrator.

               A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax Deferrals
               at any time during a Plan Year, provided he files
               an election form with the Plan Administrator
               according to rules established by the Plan
               Administrator.  A Participant who has elected to
               suspend all his deferrals may resume his Pre-tax
               Deferrals effective any subsequent January 1,
               April 1, July 1 or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax
               Deferrals, he must file an election with the Plan
               Administrator before the effective date of the
               resumption, according to rules established by the
               Plan Administrator.

078-1.03  Matching Contributions
          The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
          calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net
          profits, in an amount which, when added to forfeitures
          available in such calendar quarter, equals the sum of the
          amounts to be allocated to Participants' Matching
          Contributions Accounts for such calendar quarter.

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company
          does not have sufficient current or accumulated net
          profits in any year to make the applicable Matching
          Contribution, the Board in its sole discretion may
          determine that the Company will make the Matching
          Contribution, notwithstanding the lack of current or
          accumulated profits.

          The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
          income of the Company determined in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles and methods
          consistently applied.

078-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
          The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
          Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined by
          the Board in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 078-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT: ALLOCATIONS

078-2.01  Participant Accounts
          The Plan Administrator will maintain the following
          Accounts for each Participant:

          (a)  A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-
                    tax Deferrals;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-
               tax Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

          (b)  A Matching Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Matching Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
               Contribution Account is determined according to
               Section 078-8.02.

          (c)  A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Nonelective Contributions;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

          A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
          Contributions Account is always one hundred percent.

          (d)  A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's share of
                    Profit Sharing Contributions and related
                    forfeitures;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with distributions.

               A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit
               Sharing Contributions Account is determined
               according to Section 078-8.02.

          (e)  An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

               (1)  credited with the Participant's Unmatched Pre-
                    tax Deferrals;

               (2)  adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                    and

               (3)  charged with withdrawals and distributions.

               The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched
               Pre-tax Deferral Account is always one hundred
               percent.

078-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions and Forfeitures  
          Company Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, plus
          forfeitures arising from Participant Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account balances which are available for
          reallocation in a Plan Year, if any, will be allocated as
          of the end of each Plan Year to the Profit Sharing
          Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on the
          last day of the Plan Year.

          The portion of the Company Profit Sharing Contribution to
          be allocated to each such Participant will bear the same
          ratio to the total amount to be allocated as the
          Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
          total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
          Participants.

          In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
          Company who does not participate in this Plan during a
          Plan Year, a Profit Sharing Contribution will be
          allocated to his Profit Sharing Contributions Account,
          based on the ratio that the Participant's Compensation
          received for the Plan Year while a Participant in this
          Plan bears to the total Compensation for the Plan Year of
          all such Participants, provided that the Participant is
          an employee of the Company or an Associated Company on
          the last day of such Plan Year.

078-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
          Company contributions which result from a Participant's
          Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
          Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
          Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate.  An
          allocation will occur as of the last day of each payroll
          period during which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals
          withheld from his Compensation.  The amount of the
          allocation will equal the amount of the Participant's
          Matched Pre-tax Deferrals and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
          withheld during such payroll period.

078-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
          Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter and
          forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching
          Contributions Account balances which are available for
          reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated
          to each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as
          of each Valuation Date, in an amount equal to fifty
          percent of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals
          contributed to the Plan for the calendar quarter ending
          on such Valuation Date, provided that the maximum Company
          Matching Contribution allocated to the Participant's
          Matching Contributions Account for the Plan Year shall
          not exceed fifty percent of the Participant's total
          Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan
          Year which do not exceed six percent of his Compensation
          for the Plan Year.

          As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day
          of each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching
          Contribution will be allocated to the Matching
          Contributions Account of each Participant who is an
          employee of the Company or an Associated Company on such
          date.  The amount to be allocated is the amount which,
          when added to all other Company Matching Contributions
          allocated to such Participant's Matching Contributions
          Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs in the
          Plan Year, equals fifty percent of the Participant's
          total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such
          Plan Year which do not exceed six percent of his
          compensation for the Plan Year.

078-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
          Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
          Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in
          the ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant
          for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
          such Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar
          amounts at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing sentence, the Company in its sole discretion,
          may limit allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to
          certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated
          Employees.  Except for hardship withdrawal rules under
          Section 6.01, Nonelective Contributions shall be treated
          as Pre-Tax Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if
          the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b)(5)
          are satisfied.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 078-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

078-3.01  Participation in the Plan
          Each Eligible Employee will become a Participant on the
          first day of the first payroll period which coincides
          with or immediately follows the last day of the calendar
          quarter during which the later of the following occurs:

          (a)  The last day of the twelve month period in which he
               completes 1,000 Hours of Service.  The twelve month
               period will be the twelve consecutive month period
               beginning on his first day of employment or, if he
               fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service within
               such period, the twelve consecutive month period
               beginning the first day of the Plan Year following
               his first day of employment, or any subsequent Plan
               Year.

          (b)  The date he attains age twenty one; and

          (c)  The date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 078-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

078-8.02  Vesting Requirements
          The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who
          was employed by an Associated Company as of December 31,
          1988 is always one hundred percent.

          The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant
          whose employment began on or after January 1, 1989 is as
          follows:

          (d)  The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-
               tax Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions
               Account and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account is
               always one hundred percent.

          (e)  The Vested Portion of a Participants' Matching
               Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account is based on his years of
               Service as of the date his employment terminates,
               as follows:

                    Years of Service       Vested Portion

                    Less than 1                   0%
                    1 but less than 2            20%
                    2 but less than 3            40%
                    3 but less than 4            60%
                    4 but less than 5            80%
                    5 or more                   100%


               Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, when a
               Participant reaches age sixty five while employed
               by the Employer, his Vested Portion of his Matching
               Contributions Account and Profit Sharing
               Contributions Account shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 078-A
                           DEFINITIONS

078-A.1   Accounts
          "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
          Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
          Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions
          Account, and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account.  These
          Accounts are described in Section 078-2.01.  In addition,
          an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover Account, which
          is described in Section 1.11.

078-A.7   Compensation
          "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
          (including elective contributions that are made by the
          Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
          includable in gross income under Sections 125 and
          402(e)(3) of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions,
          performance incentives, shift differentials, supplemental
          pay, severance pay, and other pay received by a
          Participant from the Employer.

078-A.10  Eligible Employee
          "Eligible Employee" means any person, including an
          officer, who is a salaried employee of an Employer and
          who is paid from the Employer's United States payroll,
          but excludes:

          (a)  any person whose employment is covered by the terms
               of a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
               benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining;
               
          (b)  any person whose employment relationship is limited
               to that of a consultant to the Employer.

          (c)  any person who is a leased employee described in
               Section 414(n) of the Code; and 

          (d)  any person who is a nonresident alien and who
               receives no United States source income.

078-A.11  Employer
          "Employer" means the Dole Bakersfield, Inc. and any
          Associated Company which adopts the Plan according to
          Article XIV.

<PAGE>












                 OPERATING COMPANY APPENDIX 079
                             TAXDIP
                      FOR HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                           DOLE CITRUS






<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             PAGE

                          ARTICLE 079-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

079-1.01     Contribution of Participant Deferrals . . . . . .I-1
079-1.03     Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-3
079-1.04     Profit Sharing Contributions. . . . . . . . . . .I-3

                         ARTICLE 079-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNTS: ALLOCATIONS

079-2.01     Participant Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
079-2.20     Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions. . . II-6
079-2.03     Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals . . . . . . . . II-7
079-2.04     Allocation of Company Matching Contributions. . II-7
079-2.06     Allocation of Nonelective Contributions . . . . II-9

                         ARTICLE 079-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

079-3.01     Participation in the Plan . . . . . . . . . . .III-1

                         ARTICLE 079-VI
                   WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

079-6.03     Withdrawals From Transfer Employee Account. . . VI-1

                        ARTICLE 079-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

079-8.02     Vesting Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1

                         APPENDIX 079-A
                           DEFINITIONS

079-A.1      Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
079-A.9      Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
079-A.12     Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-1
079-A.13     Employer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A-2

<PAGE>
                          INTRODUCTION

Dole Food Company, Inc. previously established the Castle & Cooke,
Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan, the "Castle & Cooke Plan",
effective June 17, 1984 for the benefit of certain of its
employees.

Effective January 1, 1987, the Castle & Cooke Plan was amended and
restated in its entirety.

Effective December 31, 1988, the Castle & Cooke Plan was frozen and
all contributions under the Castle & Cooke Plan were suspended
effective January 1, 1989.  Effective January 1, 1989, the Castle
& Cooke Plan was divided into seven separate plans, each surviving
plan covering a separate line of business within Dole Food Company,
Inc.  The assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1988 applicable
to the participants of each successor plan have been transferred to
such plans.

In connection with the transfer of such assets to this plan, Dole
Food Company, Inc. established the Dole Citrus Tax Deferred
Investment Plan.  Participant Pre-tax Deferrals and related Company
Matching Contributions were reactivated effective July 1, 1989.

Effective January 1, 1992, the Dole Citrus Tax Deferred Investment
Plan For Hourly Employees (the "Citrus Hourly TAXDIP") was
established by Dole Food Company, Inc. for the benefit of the
hourly employees of Dole Citrus.  Effective January 1, 1992, the
assets and liabilities of the Dole Citrus Tax Deferred Investment
Plan allocable to hourly employees were transferred to the Citrus
Hourly TAXDIP.

Effective January 1, 1993, this Plan was merged with Plan 060. 
This Operating Company Appendix sets forth certain provisions of
this Plan applicable to the employees who formerly were
participants in the Citrus Hourly TAXDIP (which later became known
as the Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Hourly Employees of Dole
Citrus), and such other employees who become eligible pursuant to
this Appendix.

The section numbers of this Appendix correspond to the Section
numbers of the main Plan document.  For example, Section 079-1.01
corresponds to Section 1.01 of the main Plan document.

Capitalized terms which are not defined in the main Plan document
are defined in this Appendix.  

<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE 079-I
                          CONTRIBUTIONS

079-1.01  Contribution of Participant Deferrals
       (a)   Pre-tax Deferrals
             Upon enrollment or reenrollment in the Plan, each
             Participant eligible to make Pre-tax Deferrals
             according to Section 3.01 may elect to make Matched
             Pre-tax Deferrals of one percent to three percent of
             his Compensation.  

             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate must
             be a fixed whole percentage.

             The amount of Compensation otherwise payable to the
             Participant for each payroll period while an election
             under this Section is in effect will be reduced by the
             amount of the Participant's Pre-tax Deferrals.  The
             Company will make contributions to the Plan equal to
             the amount deferred.  The contributions will be
             allocated to the Participant's Matched Pre-tax
             Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral
             Account, whichever is applicable, as of the last day
             of the payroll period in which such amounts are
             deferred.

       (b)   Change in Percentage or Suspension of Pre-tax
             Deferrals
             A Participant's Pre-tax Deferral percentage rate will
             remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in his
             Compensation, until he elects to change such
             percentage.

             Effective as of the first day of the first payroll
             period which coincides with or next follows any
             January 1, April l, July 1, or October 1, a
             Participant may elect to change his Pre-tax Deferral
             percentage rate.  To make the change, he must file an
             election with the Plan Administrator before the
             effective date of the change, according to rules
             established by the Plan Administrator.

             A Participant may suspend all his Pre-tax Deferrals at
             any time during a Plan Year, provided he files an
             election form with the Plan Administrator according to
             rules established by the Plan Administrator.  A
             Participant who has elected to suspend all his
             deferrals may resume his Pre-tax Deferrals effective
             as of the first day of the first payroll period which
             coincides with or next follows any subsequent January
             l, April 1, July 1, or October 1.  To resume Pre-tax
             Deferrals, he must file an election with the Plan
             Administrator before the effective date of the
             resumption, according to rules established by the Plan
             Administrator.

079-1.03  Matching Contributions
       The Company will make a Matching Contribution for each
       calendar quarter, out of current or accumulated net profits,
       in an amount which, when added to forfeitures available in
       such calendar quarter, equals the sum of the amounts to be
       allocated to Participants' Matching Contributions Accounts
       for such calendar quarter.

       Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Company does
       not have sufficient current or accumulated net profits in
       any year to make the applicable Matching Contribution, the
       Board in its sole discretion may determine that the Company
       will make the Matching Contribution, notwithstanding the
       lack of current or accumulated profits.

       The term current or accumulated net profits means the net
       income of the Company determined in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles and methods
       consistently applied.

079-1.04  Profit Sharing Contributions
       The amount of Profit Sharing Contribution made by the
       Company, if any, for each Plan Year will be determined by
       the Board in its sole discretion.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 079-II
               PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNTS: ALLOCATIONS

079-2.01  Participant Accounts

       The Plan Administrator will maintain the following Accounts
       for each Participant:

       (a)   A Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:
             (1)   credited with the Participant's Matched Pre-tax
                   Deferrals;

             (2)   credited with the value of the matched portion
                   of his Elective Deferral Account, if any, as of
                   December 31, 1988;

             (3)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (4)   charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-tax
             Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   A Matching Contributions Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the Participant's share of
                   Matching Contributions and related forfeitures;

             (2)   credited with the value of his Participating
                   Employer Contribution Account, if any, as of
                   December 31, 1988;

             (3)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (4)   charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Matching
             Contributions Account is determined according to
             Section 079-8.02.

       (c)   A Nonelective Contributions Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the Participant's share of
                   Nonelective Contributions;

             (2)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (3)   charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Nonelective
             Contributions Account is always one hundred percent.

       (d)   A Profit Sharing Contributions Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the Participant's share of Profit
                   Sharing Contributions;

             (2)   credited with the value of his Supplemental
                   Employer Contributions Account, if any, as of
                   December 31, 1988;

             (3)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (4)   charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Profit Sharing
             Contributions Account is always one hundred percent.

       (e)   A Rollover Employer Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the value as of October 1, 1989
                   of the Participant's rollover contributions
                   made to the Blue Goose Growers, Inc. Profit
                   Sharing Plan;

             (2)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (3)   charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Rollover
             Employer Account is always one hundred percent.

       (f)   A Transfer Employee Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the value as of October 1, 1989
                   of employee voluntary contribution accounts
                   under the Blue Goose Growers, Inc. Profit
                   Sharing Plan;

             (2)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (3)   charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Transfer
             Employee Account is always one hundred percent.

       (g)   A Transfer Employer Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the value as of October 1, 1989
                   of employer profit sharing contribution
                   accounts under the Blue Goose Growers, Inc.
                   Profit Sharing Plan;

             (2)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (3)   charged with distributions.

             A Participant's Vested Portion of his Transfer
             Employer Account is always one hundred percent.

       (h)   An Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account which is:

             (1)   credited with the Participant's Unmatched
                   Pre-tax Deferrals;

             (2)   adjusted for investment results and expenses;
                   and

             (3)   charged with withdrawals and distributions.

             The Vested Portion of a Participant's Unmatched Pre-
             tax Deferral Account is always one hundred percent.

079-2.02  Allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions
       Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, will be allocated as
       of the end of each Plan Year to the Profit Sharing
       Contributions Account of each Participant who is an employee
       of the Company or an Associated Company on the last day of
       the Plan Year, provided such Participant has completed 1,000
       Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

       The portion of the Profit Sharing Contribution to be
       allocated to each such Participant will bear the same ratio
       to the total amount to be allocated as the Participant's
       Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
       Compensation for the Plan Year of all such Participants. 
       The foregoing allocation is based on Compensation paid to
       each individual while a Participant.

       In the event a Participant transfers to an Associated
       Company which does not participate in this Plan or to an
       employment status such that he is no longer an Eligible
       Employee during a Plan Year, a Profit Sharing Contribution
       will be allocated to his Profit Sharing Contributions
       Account, based on the ratio that the Participant's
       Compensation received for the Plan Year while a Participant
       in this Plan bears to the total Compensation for the Plan
       Year of all such Participants, provided that the Participant
       is an employee of the Company or an Associated Company on
       the last day of such Plan Year and provided that the
       Participant has completed 1,000 Hours of Service during the
       Plan Year.

079-2.03  Allocation of Pre-tax Deferrals
       Company contributions which result from a Participant's
       Pre-tax Deferrals will be allocated to the Participant's
       Matched Pre-tax Deferral Account and Unmatched Pre-tax
       Deferral Account, whichever is appropriate.  An allocation
       will occur as of the last day of each payroll period during
       which the Participant has Pre-tax Deferrals withheld from
       his Compensation.  The amount of the allocation will equal
       the amount of the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals
       and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals withheld during such payroll
       period.

079-2.04  Allocation of Company Matching Contributions
       Company Matching Contributions for a calendar quarter and
       forfeitures arising from Participants' Matching
       Contributions Account balances which are available for
       reallocation in such quarter, if any, will be allocated to
       each Participant's Matching Contributions Account as of each
       Valuation Date, in an amount equal to one hundred percent of
       the Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferrals contributed to
       the Plan for the calendar quarter ending on such Valuation
       Date, provided that the maximum Company Matching
       Contribution allocated to the Participant's Matching
       Contributions Account for the Plan Year shall not exceed one
       hundred percent of the Participant's total Matched and
       Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals for such Plan Year which do not
       exceed three percent of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

       As of the Valuation Date that coincides with the last day of
       each Plan Year, an additional Company Matching Contribution
       will be allocated to the Matching Contributions Account of
       each Participant who is an employee of the Company or an
       Associated Company on such date.  The amount to be allocated
       is the amount which, when added to all the Company Matching
       Contributions allocated to such Participant's Matching
       Contributions Account as of each Valuation Date which occurs
       in the Plan Year, equals one hundred percent of the
       Participant's total Matched and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferrals
       for such Plan Year which do not exceed three percent of his
       Compensation for the Plan Year.  The Plan Administrator may
       implement such procedures as it deems appropriate to
       increase the probability that Participants may receive the
       maximum amount of Company Matching Contributions available
       to them under the terms of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator
       shall not be liable or responsible if any Participant fails
       to receive the maximum Company Matching Contributions which
       may have been available had the Participant made different
       elections.

079-2.06  Allocation of Nonelective Contributions
       Nonelective Contributions shall be allocated to the
       Nonelective Contributions Account of each Participant in the
       ratio that the Compensation of each such Participant for the
       Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all such
       Participants for the Plan Year, or in equal dollar amounts
       at the Board's discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
       sentence, the Company in its sole discretion, may limit
       allocation of the Nonelective Contributions to certain
       Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. 
       Except for hardship withdrawal rules under Section 6.01,
       Nonelective Contributions shall be treated as Pre-tax
       Deferrals for all purposes under the Plan if the
       requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) are
       satisfied.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 079-III
                  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

079-3.01  Participation in the Plan
       Each Eligible Employee will become a Participant on the
       first day of the first payroll period which coincides with
       or immediately follows the last day of the calendar quarter
       during which the later of the following occurs:

       (a)   The last day of the twelve month period in which he
             completes 1,000 Hours of Service.  The twelve month
             period will be the twelve consecutive month period
             beginning on his first day of employment or, if he
             fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service within such
             period, the twelve consecutive month period beginning
             the first day of the Plan Year following his first day
             of employment, or any subsequent Plan Year.

       (b)   The date he attains age twenty one; and

       (c)   The date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE 079-VI
                   WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

079-6.03  Withdrawals From Transfer Employee Account
       A Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his Transfer
       Employee Account, provided he delivers a completed election
       form to the Plan Administrator according to the rules
       established by the Plan Administrator.  In the event a
       Participant elects to withdraw less than the total value of
       his Transfer Employee Account, withdrawals will be made in
       the following order:

       (a)   First, the employee contributions as of December 31,
             1986, less any prior withdrawals, but not more than
             the total value of the Transfer Employee Account as of
             the Valuation Date preceding the date on which such
             withdrawal occurs;

       (b)   Second, the remaining value of the Transfer Employee
             Account as of the Valuation Date preceding the date on
             which such withdrawal occurs.


<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 079-VIII
          TERMINATION BENEFITS AND VESTING REQUIREMENTS

079-8.02  Vesting Requirements
       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who is
       compensated on a salaried basis and who was employed by an
       Associated Company as of December 31, 1988 is always one
       hundred percent.

       The Vested Portion of the Accounts of any Participant who is
       compensated on a salaried basis and whose employment began
       on or after January 1, 1989 and any Participant who is
       compensated on an hourly basis is as follows:

       (a)   The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matched Pre-tax
             Deferral Account, Nonelective Contributions Account,
             Profit Sharing Contributions Account, Rollover
             Employer Account, Transfer Employee Account, Transfer
             Employer Account, Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral Account
             and Rollover Account is always one hundred percent.

       (b)   The Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
             Contributions Account is based on his Years of Service
             as of the date his employment terminates, as follows:

                   Years of Service          Vested Portion
                   Less than 3                      0%
                   3 but less than 4               20%
                   4 but less than 5               40%
                   5 but less than 6               60%
                   6 but less than 7               80%
                   7 or more                      100%

             Notwithstanding the preceding, effective April 1,
             1993, the Vested Portion of a Participant's Matching
             Contributions Account is based on his Years of Service
             as of the date his employment terminates, as follows:

                   Years of Service          Vested Portion
                   Less than 1                      0%
                   1 but less than 2               20%
                   2 but less than 3               40%
                   3 but less than 4               60%
                   4 but less than 5               80%
                   5 or more                      100%

             Notwithstanding the preceding, if a Participant
             reaches age sixty five while employed by the Employer,
             his Vested Portion of his Matching Contributions
             Account shall be one hundred percent.

<PAGE>
                         APPENDIX 079-A
                           DEFINITIONS

079-A.1  Accounts
       "Accounts" means a Participant's Matched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account, Matching Contributions Account, Nonelective
       Contributions Account, Profit Sharing Contributions Account,
       Rollover Employer Account, Transfer Employee Account,
       Transfer Employer Account and Unmatched Pre-tax Deferral
       Account.  These Accounts are described in Section 079-2.01.
       In addition, an Eligible Employee may have a Rollover
       Account, which is described in Section 1.11.

079-A.9  Compensation
       "Compensation" means the Participant's base salary
       (including elective contributions that are made by the
       Employer on behalf of the Participant that are not
       includable in gross income under Sections 125 and 402(e)(3)
       of the Code), bonuses, overtime, commissions, performance
       incentives, shift differentials, supplemental pay, severance
       pay, and other pay received by a Participant from the
       Employer.

079-A.12  Eligible Employee
       "Eligible Employee" means any person who is an hourly
       employee of an Employer and who is paid from the Employer's
       United States payroll, but excludes:

       (a)   any person whose employment is covered by the terms of
             a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement
             benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; 

       (b)   any person whose employment relationship is limited to
             that of a consultant to the Employer as determined by
             the Plan Administrator; 

       (c)   any person who is a leased employee described in
             Section 414(n) of the Code; and  

       (d)   any person who is a non-resident alien and who is not
             taxed as if he were a United States citizen.

079-A.13  Employer
       "Employer" means Dole Citrus.



              MASTER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION TRUST AGREEMENT

                            by and between

                        DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.

                           MELLON BANK, N.A.
<PAGE>
           MASTER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION TRUST AGREEMENT



          THIS MASTER TRUST AGREEMENT made and entered into on
this 11 day of March, 1993, effective as of January 1, 
1993, by and between DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC. (hereinafter referred 
to as the "Corporation") and MELLON BANK, N.A. (hereinafter referred 
to as the "Master Trustee").

                           WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to establish a master
trust which will serve as a funding medium to eligible employee
benefit plans at the Corporation and its subsidiaries and
affiliates; and

          WHEREAS, the Master Trustee is willing to act as
trustee of such trust upon all of the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth; and

          WHEREAS, the Corporation and the Master Trustee wish to
amend those trust agreements referred to in Exhibit A hereto (the
"Prior Agreements") so that this Agreement shall be deemed to
supersede all such Prior Agreements and so that all the separate
trusts established by the Prior Agreements shall be deemed
consolidated into the master trust established hereby;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation and the Master Trustee
declare and agree that the Master Trustee will receive, hold and
administer all sums of money and such other property acceptable
to Master Trustee as shall from time to time be contributed, paid
or delivered to it hereunder, IN TRUST, upon all of the following
terms and conditions.

                            SECTION 1

                             General

          1.1  Definitions.  Where used in this Agreement, unless
the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly
provided:

               (a)  "Account Party" shall mean an officer of the
     Corporation designated to represent the Corporation for this
     purpose, the Named Fiduciary and any Person to whom the
     Master Trustee shall be instructed by the Named Fiduciary to
     deliver its annual account under Section 12.2.

               (b)  "Accounting Period" shall mean either the
     twelve consecutive month period coincident with the calendar
     year or, if different, the fiscal year of the Participating
     Plans or the shorter period in any year in which the Master
     Trustee accepts appointment as Master Trustee hereunder or
     ceases to act as Master Trustee for any reason.

               (c)  "Administrator" shall mean the person or
     persons, board, committee or other entity designated by the
     terms of the Plans to administer the Plans (or, in the
     absence of such designation, the Corporation).

               (d)  "Agreement" shall mean all of the provisions
     of this instrument and of all other instruments amendatory
     hereof.

               (e)  "Asset Manager" shall mean the Master
     Trustee, Named Fiduciary or Investment Manager, individually
     or collectively as the context shall require, with respect
     to those assets held in an Investment Account over which it
     exercises, or to the extent it is authorized to exercise,
     discretionary investment authority or control.

               (f)  "Bank business day" shall mean a day on which
     the Master Trustee is open for business.

               (g)  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation.

               (h)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986, as amended from time to time, and Regulations
     issued thereunder.

               (i)  "Directed Fund" shall mean any Investment
     Account, or part thereof, subject to the discretionary
     management and control of the Named Fiduciary or any
     Investment Manager.

               (j)  "Discretionary Fund" shall mean any
     Investment Account, or part thereof, subject to the
     discretionary management and control of the Master Trustee.

               (k)  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement
     Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time,
     and Regulations issued thereunder.

               (l)  "Fund" shall mean all cash and property
     contributed, paid or delivered to the Master Trustee
     hereunder, all investments made therewith and proceeds
     thereof and all earnings and profits thereon, less payments,
     transfers or other distributions which, at the time of
     reference, shall have been made by the Master Trustee, as
     authorized herein.  The Fund shall include all evidences of
     ownership, interest or participation in an Investment
     Vehicle, but shall not, solely by reason of the Fund's
     investment therein, be deemed to include any assets of such
     Investment Vehicle.

               (m)  "Insurance Contract" shall mean any contract
     or policy of any kind issued by an insurance company,
     whether or not providing for the allocation of amounts
     received by the insurance company thereunder solely to the
     general account or solely to one or more separate accounts
     (including separate accounts maintained for the collective
     investment of qualified retirement plans), or a combination
     thereof, and whether or not any such allocation may be made
     in the discretion of the insurance company or the Named
     Fiduciary.

               (n)  "Investment Account" shall mean each pool of
     assets in the Master Trust in which one or more Plans has an
     interest during an Accounting period.

               (o)  "Investment Manager" shall mean a bank,
     insurance company or investment adviser satisfying the
     requirements of Section 3(38) of ERISA which has provided
     the Master Trustee with written acknowledgment of compliance
     with ERISA.

               (p)  "Investment Vehicle" shall mean any common,
     collective or commingled trust, investment company,
     corporation functioning as an investment intermediary,
     insurance contract, partnership, joint venture or other
     entity or arrangement to which, or pursuant to which, assets
     of the Master Trust may be transferred or in which the
     Master Trust has an interest, beneficial or otherwise
     (whether or not the underlying assets thereof are deemed to
     constitute "plan assets" for any purpose under ERISA).

               (q)  "Master Trust" shall mean the trust created
     hereby.

               (r)  "Named Fiduciary" shall mean the fiduciary
     with respect to the Plans within the meaning of Section
     402(a)(2), 402(c)(3) or 403(a)(1) of ERISA who has the 
     authority to perform the separate functions allocated to the
     "Named Fiduciary" under this Agreement.

               (s)  "Plan" shall mean any employee benefit plan
     which meets the requirements for eligibility specified in
     Section 1.3 and as of the date of this Agreement includes
     those plans listed on Exhibit B.

               (t)  "Person" shall mean a natural person, trust,
     estate, corporation of any kind or purpose, mutual company,
     joint-stock company, unincorporated organization,
     association, partnership, joint venture, employee
     organization, committee, board, participant, beneficiary,
     trustee, partner, or venturer acting in an individual,
     Fiduciary or representative capacity, as the context may
     require.

               (u)  "Qualifying Employer Security" shall mean the
     employer securities as defined in Section 407(d) of ERISA.

               (v)  "Valuation Date" shall mean the last day of
     the Accounting Period, calendar quarter or any more frequent
     reporting date agreed to by the Master Trustee.

The plural of any term shall have a meaning corresponding to the
singular thereof as so defined and any neuter pronoun used herein
shall include the masculine or feminine, as the context shall
require.

          1.2  Compliance With Law.  The Trust hereinafter
established is intended to comply with ERISA and to be tax exempt
under Section 501(a) of the Code.

          1.3  Eligibility.  Any employee benefit plan
established by the Corporation, or a subsidiary or an affiliate
of the Corporation, may be funded, in whole or in part, through
the Master Trust if (i) the plan is qualified under Section
401(a) of the Code, (ii) the Master Trust is exempt from taxation
under Section 501(a) of the Code, and (iii) this Agreement has
been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the board of
directors of a subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation and, in
the case of such subsidiary or affiliate, the Board of Directors
has consented thereto.


                            SECTION 2

                     Establishment of Trust

          2.1  Establishment of Trust.  The Corporation hereby
establishes with the Master Trustee the Master Trust consisting
of such sums of money and such property acceptable to the Master
Trustee as shall from time to time be paid or delivered to the
Master Trustee.

          2.2  Contributions to the Trust.  The Master Trustee
shall have no duty to determine or collect contributions under
any Plan and shall be solely accountable for monies or properties
actually received by it.  The Corporation shall have the sole
duty and responsibility for the determination of the accuracy or
sufficiency of the contributions to be made under any of their
Plans, the transmittal of the contributions to the Master Trustee
and compliance with any statute, regulation or rule applicable to
contributions.

          2.3  Prior Administration.  The Master Trustee shall
not have any duty to inquire into the administration of the Plans
or actions taken under any of the Plans by any prior trustee.

          2.4  Fund to be Held in Trust.  The Fund shall be held
by the Master Trustee in trust and dealt with in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

          2.5  Fund to be Held for Benefit of Plan Participants.  
Except as may be provided by law for the purpose of returning 
any of the Corporation's contributions or in case any Plan of 
which this Trust forms a part provides for the return of the 
Corporation's contributions in the event such Plan fails to 
initially qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code, 
at no time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities for 
benefits under any Plan shall any part of the Fund be used for 
or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of 
participants, retired participants, or their beneficiaries under 
the Plans and for the payment of the reasonable expenses of the 
Plans.

          2.6  Commingling.  The Master Trustee may commingle the
assets attributable to the Plans for which contributions are made
under this Agreement if this Agreement is applicable to more than
one Plan and may commingle the Fund with funds of other trusts of
similar nature created by the Corporation for the exclusive
benefit of their employees.  Where commingling is effected with
other trusts maintained by the Corporation, the combined trust,
to the extent that assets are attributable to contributions made
under this Agreement, shall be the Fund referred to herein.  The
Master Trustee shall maintain such records as are necessary in
order to maintain a separation of the Fund from the funds of the
other trusts maintained by the Corporation and to separate the
assets attributable to each of the Plans for which contributions
are made under this Agreement.  The Corporation shall be
responsible for causing sufficient records to be maintained to
insure that benefits and liabilities payable with respect to each
Plan shall be paid from the assets allocable to each such Plan. 
Should separation be required, either of the Fund from other
trusts maintained by the Corporation or of any Plan for which
contributions are made under this Agreement from the Fund, the
Master Trustee shall make such separation in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles and, where applicable,
upon the certification of an actuary.


                            SECTION 3

                   Administration of the Plan

          3.1  Administrator.  Each of the Plans shall be
administered by its Administrator and each Administrator shall
have the sole fiduciary duty as to such plan administration and
the Master Trustee shall not be responsible in any respect for
such administration.

          3.2  Notice of Identity.  The Corporation will furnish
the Master Trustee from time to time with certified copies of
resolutions of its Board of Directors (or the duly authorized
committee thereof) evidencing the appointment, identity and
termination of office of any persons acting as or constituting
the members of any entity acting as Administrator with respect to
any right, power or duty specified in its Agreement.  The
Corporation will notify the Trustee from time to time in writing
as to the rights, powers and duties of each such person or entity
and, in the absence of any of the above notices, the Master
Trustee shall rely solely upon the Corporation.

          3.3  Master Trustee's Right to Act.  The Master Trustee
shall be entitled to deal with any person or entity identified in
writing by the Corporation as an Administrator until notified
otherwise by the Corporation, in writing.

          3.4  Indemnity.  The Corporation shall fully indemnify
and save harmless the Master Trustee from liability and expense
incident to any act or failure to act by reason of the Master
Trustee's reliance upon or compliance with instructions issued by
a person authorized pursuant to this Section 3, which are on
their face proper under this Agreement and applicable law.


                            SECTION 4

                   Disbursement from the Fund

          4.1  Disbursements by Master Trustee.  The Master
Trustee shall make such payments out of the Fund as the
Administrator may from time to time in writing direct.  In the
discretion of the Administrator, such payments may be made
directly to the person specified by the Administrator or
deposited in a checking account maintained by the Administrator
for the purpose of making payments to the person, or persons
entitled to such payments under the Plans, or to an account
maintained by some other entity which the Administrator may
designate to make payments.

          4.2  Direction to the Master Trustee.  Any direction
given to the Master Trustee in accordance with this Section need
not specify the specific application of the payment to be made,
but shall specify that the payment is for the purposes of the
Plans or the payment of Plans' expenses.


                            SECTION 5

            Allocation of Investment Responsibilities

          5.1  The Named Fiduciary.

               (a)  The Plans of which this Trust form a part has
     designated or shall designate a person or entity which has
     been allocated the power to manage and control the assets of
     all Plans to the extent of its authority set forth herein
     (hereinafter referred to as the "Named Fiduciary").  The
     Corporation will appoint the Named Fiduciary and will
     furnish the Master Trustee from time to time with certified
     copies of resolutions of its Board of Directors (or the duly
     authorized committee thereof) evidencing the appointment,
     identity and termination of office of any persons acting as
     or constituting the members of the Named Fiduciary.  In
     addition to its other powers set forth herein, the Named
     Fiduciary shall have the power and responsibility to appoint
     and remove one or more investment managers to manage such
     portions of the Fund as the Named Fiduciary shall designate
     to the Master Trustee (such investment managers are
     hereinafter referred to singularly as an "Investment
     Manager" and collectively as the "Investment Managers"). 
     Each such Investment Manager shall be: (1) registered as an
     investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of
     1940; (2) a "bank", as defined in such act; or (3) an
     "insurance company" qualified to perform investment services
     under the laws of more than one State and shall accept its
     appointment and acknowledge in writing to the Master Trustee
     and Named Fiduciary that it is a fiduciary with respect to
     the Plans' assets under its management.

               (b)  In addition to its other powers and
     responsibilities set forth herein, the Named Fiduciary shall
     have the power:

                    (i)  to manage and control the assets of the
          Plans;

                    (ii) to deliver written investment policies,
          objectives and guidelines to the Master Trustee and to
          Investment Managers with respect to such Plans from
          time to time; and

                    (iii)to designate a person to inspect and
          audit the accounts, books and records of the Master
          Trustee relating to all investments, receipts,
          disbursements and other transactions under the Master
          Trust Agreement.

          5.2  Investment by the Named Fiduciary.

               (a)  To the extent that the Named Fiduciary
     exercises the power to manage and control Plans' assets held
     as part of the Fund, the Master Trustee, as to those assets,
     shall be released and relieved of all investment duties,
     responsibilities and liabilities normally or statutorily
     incident to a trustee and thereafter shall act in the
     capacity of custodian of such assets.  The Master Trustee
     shall separate into a separate account those assets as to
     which the Named Fiduciary has discretion and control.  The
     Master Trustee shall take no action with respect to the
     duties or powers to be exercised by the Named Fiduciary
     under Section 6 or Section 7 without receipt of written
     directions from the Named Fiduciary.  Unless specifically
     prohibited in writing, the Master Trustee, as custodian, may
     hold the assets of such separate account in the name of a
     nominee or nominees.

               (b)  Should the Named Fiduciary at any time elect
     to place security transactions directly with a broker or
     dealer, the Master Trustee shall not recognize such
     transaction unless and until it has received instructions or
     confirmation of such fact from the Named Fiduciary.  Should
     the Named Fiduciary direct the Master Trustee to utilize the
     services of any person with regard to the assets under its
     management or control, such instructions shall be in writing
     and shall specifically set forth the actions to be taken by
     the Master Trustee as to such services.

          5.3  Investment Managers.

               (a)  It is contemplated that the Named Fiduciary
     will from time to time appoint one or more Investment
     Managers to manage specified portions of the Fund.  Upon the
     appointment of each Investment Manager, the Named Fiduciary
     shall so notify the Master Trustee and instruct the Master
     Trustee in writing to separate into a separate account those
     assets as to which each Investment Manager has discretion
     and control.  The Investment Manager shall designate in
     writing the person or persons who are to represent any such
     Investment Manager in dealings with the Master Trustee. 
     Upon the separation of the assets in accordance with the
     instructions of the Named Fiduciary, the Master Trustee
     shall thereupon be relieved and released of all investment
     duties, responsibilities and liabilities normally and
     statutorily incident to a trustee as to such directed funds,
     and, as to such directed funds, the Master Trustee shall act
     as custodian.  Except as otherwise provided by the Named
     Fiduciary in writing from time to time, the Master Trustee
     shall take no action with respect to the duties or powers
     allocated to an Investment Manager in Section 6 or Section 7
     without receipt of written directions of the Investment
     Manager.  Unless specifically prohibited in writing, the
     Master Trustee, as custodian, may hold the assets of such
     directed funds in the name of a nominee or nominees.

               (b)  Should an Investment Manager at any time
     elect to place security transactions directly with a broker
     or dealer, the Master Trustee shall not recognize such
     transaction unless and until it has received instructions or
     confirmation of such fact from the Investment Manager. 
     Should the Investment Manager direct the Master Trustee to
     utilize the services of any person with regard to the assets
     under its management or control, such instructions shall be
     in writing and shall specifically set forth the actions to
     be taken by the Master Trustee as to such services.

               (c)  In the event that an Investment Manager
     places security transactions directly or directs the
     utilization of a service, the Investment Manager shall be
     solely responsible for the acts of such persons.  The sole
     duty of the Master Trustee as to such transactions shall be
     incident to its duties as custodian.

          5.4  Transfer of Assets to Investment Managers.

               (a)  Upon receipt of written directions by the
     Named Fiduciary, the Master Trustee shall (i) transfer and
     deliver such part of the assets of the Fund as may be
     specified in such writing to any Investment Manager so
     appointed, and (ii) accept the transfer back to it of any
     such assets at any time held by an Investment Manager,
     provided that the Named Fiduciary may only direct such
     transfers as are in conformity with the provisions of the
     Plans, this Agreement, and ERISA, and Sections 401(a) and
     501(a) of the Code.  Any such written direction shall
     constitute a certification to the Master Trustee by the
     Named Fiduciary that the transfer so directed is one which
     the Named Fiduciary is authorized to direct and is in
     conformity with the aforesaid provisions.

               (b)  If any assets are so transferred to the
     custody of an Investment Manager, such Investment Manager
     shall undertake and be responsible for all the custodial
     duties therefor, and such assets shall remain for all
     purposes a part of the Fund and the Trust, and as such,
     subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. 
     Any Investment Manager receiving such assets may invest any
     part or all of such assets in units of any collective,
     common or pooled trust fund operated or maintained by a bank
     or trust company, including the Investment Manager or any
     affiliate of the Investment Manager, exclusively for the
     commingling and collective investment of monies or other
     assets held under or as part of a plan which is established
     in conformity with and qualifies under Section 401(a) of the
     Code.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement
     which place restrictions upon the actions of the Master
     Trustee, or the Investment Manager, to the extent monies or
     other assets are utilized to acquire units of any collective
     trust, the terms of the collective trust indenture shall
     solely govern the investment duties, responsibilities and
     powers of the trustee of such collective trust, and to the
     extent required by law, such terms, responsibilities and
     powers shall be incorporated herein by reference and shall
     be part of this Agreement.  For the purposes of valuation of
     any interest under the Plans of which this trust forms a
     part, the value of the interest maintained by the Fund in
     such collective trust shall be the fair market value of the
     collective fund units held determined in accordance with
     generally recognized valuation procedures.

               (c)  The Master Trustee shall have no duty or
     responsibility as to the safekeeping of such assets or as to
     the investment and reinvestment of the same, except that the
     Master Trustee shall require such statements and reports
     from such Investment Manager as may be necessary to enable
     the Master Trustee and the Administrative Committees to
     carry out their recordkeeping and reporting duties under
     this Agreement.  The Master Trustee shall enter into and
     execute such agreements, receipts and releases as shall be
     required to carry out the directions of the Named Fiduciary
     with respect to the transfer of any assets of the Fund to or
     from an Investment Manager in accordance with this
     Section 5.4.

          5.5  The Master Trustee.  To the extent that assets of
the Fund have not been allocated under Section 5.3 or 5.4 to the
investment control of an Investment Manager, and subject to
investment policies, objectives and guidelines communicated to
the Master Trustee by the Named Fiduciary as contemplated by this
Section 5, the Master Trustee shall from time to time invest and
reinvest the Discretionary Fund and keep it invested in
accordance with such policies, objectives and guidelines.


                            SECTION 6

                      Participant Accounts

          6.1  Establishment of Accounts.  The Administrator
shall direct the Master Trustee to establish on its books and
records accounts sufficient to accommodate investment options,
other than investments in Qualifying Employer Securities,
available to the employees.  The Administrator shall establish an
investment purpose for each account, either by separate written
designation or through an agreement between the Administrator and
the Master Trustee that shall incorporate therein the investment
purposes and, if applicable, the investment restrictions which
the Plan provides as to investment options.  The accounts so
established shall, until changed by the Administrator operate in
the manner and form established.  To the extent that Section
404(c) of ERISA does not apply to the investment directions given
by the participants and beneficiaries of a Plan, they shall,
solely for purposes of such investment directions, be considered
named fiduciaries, and the Master Trustee shall be subject to
their proper directions which are made in accordance with such
Plan and which are not contrary to ERISA.  The Administrator
shall have the sole responsibility to instruct the Master Trustee
in writing of any and all such directions of the participants and
beneficiaries of a Plan.

          6.2  Qualifying Employer Securities.  As provided in a
Plan, all amounts received by the Master Trustee which are
directed by the Administrator to be placed in an account which
has as its investment purpose investment in Qualifying Employer
Securities or any amount received by the Master Trustee as a
result of holding such Qualifying Employer Securities shall be
invested and reinvested in Qualifying Employer Securities.  The
investment purpose of the account so established shall be to
invest one hundred (100%) in such Qualifying Employer Securities. 
However, the Master Trustee may, but shall not be required to,
place amounts received by it for the purpose of investment in
temporary investments, if in the opinion of the Master Trustee
market conditions are such that investment in Qualifying Employer
Securities would be disruptive or could not be accomplished.  In
the operation of this account, the Master Trustee shall have no
investment discretion, except as hereinafter provided, and no
duty or responsibility to determine the investment quality or
prudence of such investment.  The Corporation, its Board of
Directors, or the Named Fiduciary shall (except as provided by
Section 404(c) of ERISA) have the duty and responsibility to
determine whether or not the investment in the Qualifying
Employer Securities is prudent.  The Master Trustee shall acquire
or dispose of all Qualifying Employer Securities in the open
market or through the method of purchase and sales which is used
by the Master Trustee in the normal course of its security
transactions.  The Master Trustee shall be permitted to net all
purchases and sales for an account limited in investment purposes
to Qualifying Employer Securities, provided, however, both sales
and purchases will be at market value and the books and records
of the Master Trustee shall clearly reflect such fact.  Should
the Master Trustee for any reason be unable to acquire or dispose
of the Qualifying Employer Securities in the manner provided by
this Section, it shall notify the Named Fiduciary of such fact
and shall thereafter make no purchases or sales of securities
until instructions are received from the Named Fiduciary.

          6.3  Allocation of Contributions.  The Administrator
shall, upon the making of any contribution to this Trust by the
Corporation, or, if applicable, a Participant, or both, instruct
the Master Trustee in writing of the manner that such
contribution is to be allocated among the accounts previously
established.

          6.4  Responsibility of Master Trustee.  The Master
Trustee shall not be responsible nor liable to establish or
maintain a record or account in the name of any individual
Participant.  The Master Trustee shall not be required to
establish the value of any Participant's individual interest in
the Fund or any account established hereunder.  Should the Master
Trustee and the Administrator or the Corporation agree that the
Master Trustee shall maintain individual account records, such
agreement shall be separate and apart from the terms of this
Trust.  Such an agreement shall not be construed as implying any
duty upon the Master Trustee hereunder even though the Master
Trustee, in its corporate capacity as record keeper for the
accounts of individual Participants, shall have the right, power
or duty to issue instructions or directions as to the disposition
or distribution of any assets held hereunder.

          6.5  Accounts as Separate Trusts.  For the purposes of
application of this Agreement of Trust, each account created
hereunder shall be considered a separate trust insofar as the
application of powers granted the Master Trustee. 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement of Trust which
established powers and duties with regard to the Trust as a
whole, the Master Trustee shall exercise such of those powers as
are consistent with the investment purposes of each account. 
Where applicable or required, the Master Trustee with the
Corporation's consent may subdivide any account as may be
required to fulfill either its duties hereunder or the
instructions of the Administrator.


                            SECTION 7

                     Investment of the Fund

          7.1  Standard of Care.  The Master Trustee, each Asset
Manager and the Named Fiduciary shall discharge their respective
investment duties as provided under Sections 5 and 6 hereof with
the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
then prevailing that a prudent man acting in like capacity and
familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of a like character with like aims and by diversifying
the investments held hereunder consistent with investment
policies, objectives and guidelines so as to minimize the risk of
large losses, unless it would be clearly not prudent to
diversify.

          7.2  Waiver of Investment Restrictions.  Such
investment and reinvestment shall not be restricted to securities
or property of the character authorized for investments by
trustees or asset managers under any statute or other laws of any
state, district or territory.

          7.3  Grant of Investment Powers.  In addition to any
power granted to trustees or asset managers under any statute or
other laws, such laws and statutes if necessary being
incorporated herein by reference, the Master Trustee's, and each
Asset Manager's investment powers may, unless restricted in
writing by the Named Fiduciary, include, but shall not be limited
to, investment in the following:

               (a)  domestic or foreign common and preferred
     stocks and options thereon, as well as warrants, rights and
     preferred stocks convertible into common stock, regardless
     of where or how traded;

               (b)  the purchase or sale, writing or issuing, of
     puts, calls or other options, covered or uncovered, entering
     into financial futures contracts, forward placement
     contracts and standby contracts, and in connection
     therewith, depositing, holding (or directing the Master
     Trustee, in its individual capacity, to deposit or hold) or
     pledging assets of the Fund;

               (c)  corporate bonds and debentures and any such
     securities which are convertible into common stock, domestic
     or foreign;

               (d)  bonds or other obligations of the United
     States of America or any foreign nation, and any agencies
     thereof, or any bonds or other obligations which are
     directly or indirectly guaranteed by the United States or
     any foreign nation, or any agency thereof;

               (e)  obligations of the states and of
     municipalities or of any agencies thereof;

               (f)  notes of any nature, of foreign or domestic
     issuers;

               (g)  mortgages and real estate, wherever situate
     and whether developed or undeveloped, including sales and
     leasebacks, interests or participations in real estate
     investment trusts or corporations organized under Section
     501(c)(2) or 501(c)(25) of the Code and non-income producing
     properties.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
     Agreement, including, without limitation, any specific or
     general power granted to the Master Trustee, the Master
     Trustee shall have no responsibility or discretion with
     respect to the ownership, management, administration,
     operation or control of any real estate properties,
     mortgages, leases or other interests now or hereafter held
     in the Fund, including without limitation responsibility for
     or in connection with any of the following conditions which
     now exist or may hereafter be found to exist in, under,
     about or in connection with any real estate held in the Fund
     or any interest in any trust, partnership or corporation:
     (i) any violation of any applicable environmental or health
     or safety law, ordinance, regulation or ruling; or (ii) the
     presence, use, generation, storage, release, threatened
     release, or containment, treatment or disposal of any
     petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof,
     hazardous substances, pollutants or contaminants as defined
     in the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
     Liability Act, as amended (CERCLA) or hazardous, toxic or
     dangerous substances or materials as any of these terms may
     be defined under any federal or state law in the broadest
     sense from time to time.  Notwithstanding anything to the
     contrary herein or elsewhere set forth, to the extent
     permitted by law, the Master Trustee shall be indemnified by
     the Corporation, to the extent not paid by the Fund, from
     and against any and all claims, demands, suits, liabilities,
     losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable
     attorneys' fees and expenses) arising from or in connection
     with any matter relating to conditions in subsections (i) or
     (ii).  This paragraph shall survive the sale or other
     disposition of any real estate investment of the Fund and/or
     the merger or termination of this Master Trust or
     appointment of a successor master trustee.

               (h)  savings accounts, certificates of deposit and
     other types of time deposits, bearing a reasonable rate of
     interest based upon the duration, amount, type and
     geographical area, with any financial institution or
     quasi-financial institution or any department of the same,
     either domestic or foreign, under the supervision of the
     United States or any State, including any such financial
     institution owned, operated or maintained by the Master
     Trustee in its corporate or Association capacity (including
     any department or division of the same) or a corporation or
     association affiliated with the same;

               (i)  leaseholds of any duration;

               (j)  mineral and other natural resources,
     including, but not limited to, oil, gas, timber and coal,
     and any participation therein in any form, including but not
     limited to, royalties, ownership, drilling and exploration;

               (k)  any collective or common trust fund or
     composite security owned, operated and maintained by the
     Master Trustee, including, but not limited to, demand notes,
     short-term notes and cash equivalent funds;

               (l)  any collective, common or pooled trust fund
     operated or maintained exclusively for the commingling and
     collective investment of monies or other assets including
     any such fund operated or maintained by the Master Trustee. 
     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement which place
     restrictions upon the actions of the Master Trustee or an
     Investment Manager, to the extent monies or other assets are
     utilized to acquire units of any collective trust, the terms
     of the collective trust indenture shall solely govern the
     investment duties, responsibilities and powers of the
     trustee of such collective trust and, to the extent required
     by law, such terms, responsibilities and powers shall be
     incorporated herein by reference and shall be part of this
     Agreement.  For purposes of valuation, the value of the
     interest maintained by the Fund in such collective trust
     shall be the fair market value of the collective fund units
     held, determined in accordance with generally recognized
     valuation procedures.  The Corporation expressly understands
     and agrees that any such collective fund may provide for the
     lending of its securities by the collective fund trustee and
     that such collective fund's trustee will receive
     compensation from such collective fund for the lending of
     securities that is separate from any compensation of the
     Master Trustee hereunder, or any compensation of the
     collective fund trustee for the management of such
     collective fund;

               (m)  open-end and closed-end investment companies,
     regardless of the purposes for which such fund or funds were
     created, and any partnership, limited or unlimited, joint
     venture and other forms of joint enterprise created for any
     lawful purpose;

               (n)  individual or group insurance policies and
     contracts including, but not limited to, life insurance,
     annuity (fixed or variable) and investment policies and
     contracts, but only if directed by the Administrator or the
     Named Fiduciary, as appropriate, to purchase or retain such
     policies and contracts.

          7.4  Maintenance of Cash Balances.  The Master Trustee
shall keep such portion of the Fund in cash or cash balances as
may be specified from time to time in a written request from the
Administrator or as required by the Named Fiduciary to meet
contemplated payments from the Fund.  The Master Trustee shall
invest such cash balances and any other portions of the Fund
which may be in cash or cash balances in accordance with such
investment policies, objectives and guidelines as may be
communicated to the Master Trustee from time to time by the Named
Fiduciary pursuant to Section 5.  The Master Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any reasonable cash balances so
maintained, unless the Named Fiduciary directs the Master Trustee
to maintain such balances in interest bearing accounts.


                            SECTION 8

                  Powers of the Master Trustee,
          Investment Managers and the Named Fiduciary

          8.1  Qualifying Employer Securities Accounts.  The
Plans may provide generally with respect to accounts established
to invest in Qualifying Employer Securities that the right to
vote, the right to tender in the event of a tender offer, or the
exercise of certain other rights concerning such Securities are
vested in the Participants.  The Master Trustee shall act only in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Plans by which
the Participants exercise such rights.  Prior to the time any
such action is to be taken under any Plan, the Administrative
Committee will advise the Master Trustee of the impending action
and agree with the Master Trustee on the manner of implementing
that specific action.

          8.2  General Powers.  As to all assets other than
Qualifying Employer Securities, the Master Trustee shall have and
exercise the following powers and authority in the administration
of the Fund only on the direction of an Asset Manager and the
Named Fiduciary where such powers and authority relate to a
Directed Fund and in its sole discretion where such powers and
authority relate to investments made by the Master Trustee in
accordance with Section 5.3:

               (a)  to purchase, receive or subscribe for any
     securities or other property and to retain in trust such
     securities or other property;

               (b)  to sell, exchange, convey, transfer, lend, or
     otherwise dispose of any property held in the Fund and to
     make any sale by private contract or public auction; and no
     person dealing with the Master Trustee shall be bound to see
     to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into
     the validity, expediency or propriety of any such sale or
     other disposition;

               (c)  to vote in person or by proxy any stocks,
     bonds or other securities held in the Fund;

               (d)  to exercise any rights appurtenant to any
     such stocks, bonds or other securities for the conversion
     thereof into other stocks, bonds or securities, or to
     exercise rights or options to subscribe for or purchase
     additional stocks, bonds or other securities, and to make
     any and all necessary payments with respect to any such
     conversion or exercise, as well as to write options with
     respect to such stocks and to enter into any transactions in
     other forms of options with respect to any options which the
     Fund has outstanding at any time;

               (e)  to join in, dissent from or oppose the
     reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, sale or
     merger of corporations or properties of which the Fund may
     hold stocks, bonds or other securities or in which it may be
     interested, upon such terms and conditions as deemed wise,
     to pay any expenses, assessments or subscriptions in
     connection therewith, and to accept any securities or
     property, whether or not trustees would be authorized to
     invest in such securities or property, which may be issued
     upon any such reorganization, recapitalization,
     consolidation, sale or merger and thereafter to hold the
     same, without any duty to sell;

               (f)  to manage, administer, operate or lease for
     any number of years, regardless of any restrictions on
     leases made by fiduciaries, develop, improve, repair, alter,
     demolish, mortgage, pledge, grant options with respect to,
     or otherwise deal with any real property or interest therein
     at any time held by it, all upon such terms and conditions
     as may be deemed advisable, to renew or extend or
     participate in the renewal or extension of any mortgage upon
     such terms as may be deemed advisable, and to agree to a
     reduction in the rate of interest on any mortgage or any
     other modification or change in the terms of any mortgage or
     of any guarantee pertaining thereto in any manner and to any
     extent that may be deemed advisable for the protection of
     the Fund or the preservation of the value of the investment;
     to waive any default, whether in the performance of any
     guarantee, or to enforce any default in such manner and to
     such extent as may be deemed advisable; to exercise and
     enforce any and all rights of foreclosure, to bid on the
     property in foreclosure, to take a deed in lieu of
     foreclosure, with or without paying a consideration
     therefor, and in connection therewith to release the
     obligation on the bonds or notes secured by such mortgage
     and to exercise and enforce in any action, suit or
     proceeding at law or in equity any right or remedy in
     respect to any such mortgage or guarantee;

               (g)  to explore for and to develop mineral
     interests and other natural resources and to acquire land,
     either by lease or purchase, for such purpose, and to enter
     into any type of contract or agreement incident thereto, and
     to sell any product produced by reason of or resulting from
     such development or exploration to any person or persons on
     such terms and conditions as the Master Trustee, Investment
     Manager or Named Fiduciary deems advisable, and to enter
     into agreements and contracts for transportation of the
     same;

               (h)  to insure, according to customary standards,
     any property held in the Fund for any amount and to pay any
     premiums required for such coverage;

               (i)  to purchase or otherwise acquire and make
     payment therefor from the Fund any bond or other form of
     guarantee or surety required by any authority having
     jurisdiction over this Trust and its operation, or believed
     by the Master Trustee, Investment Manager or Named Fiduciary
     to be in the best interests of the Fund, except the Master
     Trustee, Investment Manager or Named Fiduciary may not
     obtain any insurance whose premium obligation extends to the
     Fund which would protect the Master Trustee, Investment
     Manager or Named Fiduciary against its liability for breach
     of fiduciary duty;

               (j)  to enter into any type of contract with any
     insurance company or companies, either for the purposes of
     investment or otherwise; provided that no insurance company
     dealing with the Master Trustee shall be considered to be a
     party to this Agreement and shall only be bound by and held
     accountable to the extent of its contract with the Master
     Trustee.  Except as otherwise provided by any contract, the
     insurance company need only look to the Master Trustee with
     regard to any restrictions issued and shall make
     disbursements or payments to any person, including the
     Master Trustee, as shall be directed by the Master Trustee. 
     Where applicable, the Master Trustee shall be the sole owner
     of any and all insurance policies or contracts issued.  Such
     contracts or policies, unless otherwise determined, shall be
     held as an asset of the Fund for safekeeping or custodian
     purposes only;

               (k)  to lend the assets of the Fund upon such
     terms and conditions as are deemed appropriate in the sole
     discretion of the Master Trustee and, specifically, to loan
     any securities to brokers, dealers or banks upon such terms,
     and secured in such manner, as may be determined by the
     Master Trustee, to permit the loaned securities to be
     transferred into the name of the borrower or others and to
     permit the borrower to exercise such rights of ownership
     over the loaned securities as may be required under the
     terms of any such loan; provided, that, with respect to the
     lending of securities pursuant to this paragraph, the Master
     Trustee's powers shall subsume the role of custodian (the
     expressed intent hereunder being that the Corporation, in
     such case, be deemed a financial institution, within the
     meaning of section 101(22) of the Bankruptcy Code); and
     provided, further, that any loans made from the Fund shall
     be made in conformity with such laws or regulations
     governing such lending activities which may have been
     promulgated by any appropriate regulatory body at the time
     of such loan;

               (l)  to purchase, enter, sell, hold, and generally
     deal in any manner in and with contracts for the immediate
     or future delivery of financial instruments of any issuer or
     of any other property; to grant, purchase, sell, exercise,
     permit to expire, permit to be held in escrow, and otherwise
     to acquire, dispose of, hold and generally deal in any
     manner with and in all forms of options in any combination;

               (m)  to lend the assets of the Fund to
     participants of the Plan.  The Corporation shall have full
     and exclusive responsibility for loans made to participants,
     including, without limitation, full and exclusive
     responsibility for the following: development of procedures
     and documentation for such loans; acceptance of loan
     applications; approval of loan applications; disclosure of
     interest rate information required by Regulation Z of the
     Federal Reserve Board promulgated pursuant to the Truth in
     Lending Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1601 et seq.; acting as agent
     for the physical custody and safekeeping of the promissory
     notes and other loan documents; performing necessary and
     appropriate recordkeeping and accounting functions with
     respect to loan transactions; enforcement of promissory note
     terms, including, but not limited to, directing the Master
     Trustee to take specified actions; and maintenance of
     accounts and records regarding interest and principal
     payments on notes.  The Master Trustee shall not in any way
     be responsible for holding or reviewing such documents,
     records and procedures and shall be entitled to rely upon
     such information as is provided by the Corporation or its
     own sub-agent or recordkeeper without any requirement or
     responsibility to inquire as to the completeness or accuracy
     thereof, but may from time to time examine such documents,
     records and procedures, as it deems appropriate.  The
     Corporation shall indemnify and hold the Master Trustee
     harmless from all damages, costs or expenses, including
     reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of any action or
     inaction of the Corporation with respect to its agency
     responsibilities described herein with respect to
     participant loans.

          8.3  Specific Powers of the Master Trustee.  The Master
Trustee shall have the following powers and authority, to be
exercised in its sole discretion with respect to the Fund (except
as set forth below):

               (a)  to appoint agents, custodians, depositories
     or counsel, domestic or foreign, as to part or all of the
     Fund and functions incident thereto where, in the sole
     discretion of the Master Trustee, such delegation is
     necessary in order to facilitate the operations of the Fund
     and such delegation is not inconsistent with the purposes of
     the Fund or in contravention of any applicable law.  To the
     extent that the appointment of any such person or entity may
     be deemed to be the appointment of a fiduciary, the Master
     Trustee may exercise the powers granted hereby to appoint as
     such a fiduciary any person or entity, including, but not
     limited to, the Named Fiduciary or the Corporation,
     notwithstanding the fact that such person or entity is then
     considered a fiduciary, a party in interest or a
     disqualified person.  Upon such delegation, the Master
     Trustee may require such reports, bonds or written
     agreements as it deems necessary to properly monitor the
     actions of its delegate;

               (b)  to cause any investment, either in whole or
     in part, in the Fund to be registered in, or transferred
     into, the Master Trustee's name or the names of a nominee or
     nominees, including but not limited to that of the Master
     Trustee, a clearing corporation, or a depository, or in book
     entry form, or to retain any such investment unregistered or
     in a form permitting transfer by delivery, provided that the
     books and records of the Master Trustee shall at all times
     show that such investments are a part of the Fund; and to
     cause any such investment, or the evidence thereof, to be
     held by the Master Trustee, in a depository, in a clearing
     corporation, in book entry form, or by any other entity or
     in any other manner permitted by law;

               (c)  to make, execute and deliver, as trustee, any
     and all deeds, leases, mortgages, conveyances, waivers,
     releases or other instruments in writing necessary or
     desirable for the accomplishment of any of the foregoing
     powers;

               (d)  to defend against or participate in any legal
     actions involving the Fund or the Master Trustee in its
     capacity stated herein, in the manner and to the extent it
     deems advisable, the costs of any such defense or
     participation to be borne by the Fund, unless paid by the
     Corporation in accordance with Section 11; provided however,
     the Master Trustee shall notify the Named Fiduciary and the
     Corporation of all such actions and the Corporation may, in
     its sole discretion, determine against the incurrence of any
     such legal fees and expenses which may be incurred beyond
     those necessary to protect the Fund against default or
     immediate loss;

               (e)  to form corporations and to create trusts, to
     hold title to any security or other property, to enter into
     agreements creating partnerships or joint ventures for any
     purpose or purposes determined by the Master Trustee to be
     in the best interests of the Fund;

               (f)  to establish and maintain such separate
     accounts in accordance with the instructions of the
     Administrator for the proper administration of the Plans, or
     as determined to be necessary by the Master Trustee.  Such
     accounts shall be subject to the general terms of this
     Agreement, unless the Master Trustee is notified of a
     contrary intent by the Administrator or the Named Fiduciary
     in writing; and

               (g)  to generally take all action, whether or not
     expressly authorized, which the Master Trustee may deem
     necessary or desirable for the protection of the Fund.

          8.4  Maintenance of Indicia of Ownership.  The Master
Trustee shall not maintain indicia of ownership of any asset of
the Fund held by it outside the jurisdiction of the District
Courts of the United States unless such holding is approved
through ruling or regulations promulgated under the Act by the
Secretary of Labor.

          8.5  Third Party Transactions.  In addition, and not by
way of limitation, the Master Trustee shall have any and all
powers and duties concerning the investment, retention or sale of
property held in trust as if it were absolute owner of the
property, and no restrictions with regard to the property so held
shall be implied, warranted or sustained by reason of this
Agreement; provided, however, at no time shall the exercise of
such powers and duties establish any evidence which would permit
a third party to assert a right, title or interest superior to
that of the Plans in the property held in the Fund.

                            SECTION 9

                      Discretionary Powers

          9.1  Master Trustee Granted Discretion.  The Master
Trustee is hereby granted any and all discretionary powers not
explicitly or implicitly conferred by this Agreement which it may
deem necessary or proper for the protection of the property held
hereunder.


                           SECTION 10

                     Prohibited Transactions

          10.1 Transactions which are Prohibited. 
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, either appearing
before or after this Section, the Master Trustee shall not engage
in or cause the Trust to engage in any transaction if it knows or
should know, that such transaction constitutes a direct or
indirect prohibited transaction, as defined in Section 406 of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

          10.2 Provision of Ancillary Services by Master Trustee. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Master Trustee may, in
addition to the services rendered in conjunction with its duties
and responsibilities as Master Trustee under the terms of this
Agreement, provide such ancillary services as meet the following
standards:

               (a)  there have been adopted by the Master Trustee
     internal safeguards which assure that such ancillary
     services are consistent with sound banking and financial
     practices as determined by the appropriate banking
     authority;

               (b)  the ancillary services are provided in
     accordance with guidelines which are intended to meet the
     standards established by the appropriate banking authority,
     as provided by Section 408(b)(6) of ERISA; and

               (c)  the compensation received by the Master
     Trustee for such services is reasonable and established in
     an arm's-length manner.


                           SECTION 11

                Expenses, Compensation and Taxes

          11.1 Compensation and Expenses of the Master Trustee. 
The Master Trustee shall be entitled to such reasonable
compensation for services rendered by it in accordance with the
schedule of compensation as agreed upon by the Corporation and
the Master Trustee from time to time together with all reasonable
expenses incurred by the Master Trustee as a result of the
execution of its duties hereunder, including, but not limited to,
legal and accounting expenses, expenses incurred as a result of
disbursements and payments made by the Master Trustee, and
reasonable compensation for agents, counsel or other services
rendered to the Master Trustee by third parties and expenses
incident thereto.

          11.2 Payment from the Fund.  All compensation,
expenses, taxes and assessments in respect of the Fund, to the
extent that they are not paid by the Corporation, shall
constitute a charge upon the Fund and be paid by the Master
Trustee from the Fund upon written notice to the Corporation.

          11.3 Payment of Taxes.  The Master Trustee shall notify
the Corporation upon receipt of notice with regard to any
proposed tax deficiencies or any tax assessments which it
receives on any income or property in the Fund and, unless
notified to the contrary by the Corporation within ninety (90)
days, shall pay any such assessments.  If the Corporation
notifies the Master Trustee within said period that, in its
opinion or the opinion of counsel, such assessments are invalid
or that they should be contested, then the Master Trustee shall
take whatever action is indicated in the notice received from the
Corporation or counsel, including contesting the assessment or
litigating any claims.

                           SECTION 12

             Accounts, Books and Records of the Fund

          12.1 Recordkeeping Duty of Master Trustee.  The Master
Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed accounts of all
investments, receipts and disbursements and other transactions
hereunder, and all accounts, books and records relating thereto
shall be open at all reasonable times to inspection and audit by
any person designated by the Corporation.

          12.2 Periodic Reports.  In addition, within sixty (60)
days following the close of each fiscal year of the Fund, or
following the close of such other period as may be agreed upon
between the Master Trustee and the Corporation, and within sixty
(60) days, or such other agreed upon period, unless such period
be waived, after the removal or resignation of the Master Trustee
as provided for in this Agreement, the Master Trustee shall file
with the Administrative Committee, Named Fiduciary and/or the
Corporation a certified written report setting forth all
investments, receipts and disbursements, and other transactions
effected during the fiscal year or other annual period or during
the period from the close of the preceding fiscal year or other
preceding period to the date of such removal or resignation,
including a description of all securities and investment
purchases and sales with the cost or net proceeds of such
purchases or sales and showing all cash, securities and other
property held at the close of such fiscal year or other period,
valued currently, and such other information as may be required
of the Master Trustee under any applicable law.  Within
forty-five (45) days from the date of filing such written report,
the Master Trustee, upon the request of the Corporation, shall
serve copies of such report upon any persons designated by the
Corporation as having administrative responsibility with respect
to any Plan.  In addition, the Master Trustee shall provide
monthly reports with respect to each Plan and its investments
within a reasonable time after the end of each monthly period.

          12.3 Additional Accounting.  Except as provided below,
neither the Administrative Committee, Named Fiduciary nor the
Corporation shall have the right to demand or be entitled to any
further accounting different from the normal accounting rendered
by the Master Trustee.  Further, no participant, beneficiary or
any other person shall have the right to demand or be entitled to
any accounting by the Master Trustee, other than those to which
they may be entitled under the law.  The Administrative
Committee, Named Fiduciary or the Corporation shall have the
right to inspect the Master Trustee's books and records relating
to the Fund during normal business hours or to designate an
accountant to make such inspection, study, and/or audit with all
expenses related thereto to be paid by the Corporation.

          12.4 Judicial Determination of Accounts.  Nothing
contained herein will be construed or interpreted to deny the
Master Trustee or the Corporation the right to have the Master
Trustee's account judicially determined.

          12.5 Limitation of Actions.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plans or this Agreement, the Master Trustee
shall not be subject to any liability for any act or omission,
regardless of its nature, after the expiration of six years from
the date of such act or omission or if earlier, three years after
the earliest date on which a plaintiff had knowledge of such act
or omission.  Notwithstanding the above, this Section shall not
operate to discharge the Master Trustee from any liability
arising from an action which has been filed within the applicable
statute of limitations.

          12.6 Filings by the Administrator.  For the purposes of
this Section, the Master Trustee shall conclusively presume that
the Administrator has made or caused to be made, or will make or
cause to be made, all Federal filings as of the date required. 
Should the Master Trustee incur any liability by reason of
failure of the Administrator to timely file, the Corporation
shall fully reimburse the Master Trustee for any and all
obligations, including penalties, interest or expenses, so
incurred by the Master Trustee.  The reimbursement provided for
in this Section shall not, however, apply where the
Administrator's failure to timely file was caused by the Master
Trustee's failure to timely provide information to the
Administrator or by an error or omission by the Master Trustee.

          12.7 Determination of Fair Market Value.  The Master
Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the Fund monthly
and annually based upon generally accepted accounting principles
applicable to trusts of a same or similar nature to the one
created herein.

          12.8 Retention of Records.  All records and accounts
maintained by the Master Trustee with respect to the Fund shall
be preserved for such period as may be required under any
applicable law.  Upon the expiration of any such required
retention period, the Master Trustee shall have the right to
destroy such records and accounts after first notifying the
Corporation in writing of its intention and transferring to the
Corporation any records and accounts requested.  The Master
Trustee shall have the right to preserve all records and accounts
in original form, or on microfilm, magnetic tape, or any other
similar process.

                           SECTION 13

               Fiduciary Duties of Master Trustee

          13.1 Acknowledgment of Fiduciary Duty.  The Master
Trustee acknowledges that it assumes the fiduciary duties
established by this Agreement.

          13.2 Judicial Determination.  The Master Trustee shall
not, however, be liable for any loss to or diminution of the Fund
except to the extent that any such loss or diminution results
from act or inaction on the part of the Master Trustee which is
judicially determined to be a breach of its fiduciary duties.

                           SECTION 14

                     Resignation and Removal

          14.1 Power to Resign or Remove.  The Master Trustee may
be removed with respect to all, or a part of, the Fund by the
Corporation, upon written notice to the Master Trustee to that
effect.  The Master Trustee may resign as Master Trustee
hereunder, upon written notice to that effect delivered to the
Corporation.

          14.2 Notice.  Such removal or resignation shall become
effective as of the last day of the month which coincides with or
next follows the expiration of sixty (60) days from the date of
the delivery of such written notice, unless an earlier or later
date is agreed upon in writing by the Corporation and the Master
Trustee.

          14.3 Successor Appointment.  In the event of such
removal or resignation, a successor Master Trustee, or a separate
trustee or trustees, shall be appointed by the Corporation to
become Master Trustee, or a separate trustee or trustees, as of
the time such removal or resignation becomes effective.  Such
successor Master Trustee, or separate trustee or trustees, shall
accept such appointment by an instrument in writing delivered to
the Corporation and the Master Trustee and upon becoming
successor Master Trustee, or separate trustee or trustees, shall
be vested with all the rights, powers, duties, privileges and
immunities as successor Master Trustee, or separate trustee or
trustees, hereunder as if originally designated as Master
Trustee, or separate trustee or trustees, in this Agreement.

          14.4 Transfer of Fund to Successor.  Upon such
appointment and acceptance, the retiring Master Trustee shall
endorse, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the successor
Master Trustee, or separate trustee or trustees, all of the
funds, securities and other property then held by it in the Fund,
except such amount as may be reasonable and necessary to cover
its compensation and expenses as may be agreed to by the
Corporation in connection with the settlement of its accounts and
the delivery of the Fund to the successor Master Trustee, or
separate trustee or trustees, and the balance remaining of any
amount so reserved shall be transferred and paid over to the
successor Master Trustee, or separate trustee or trustees,
promptly upon settlement of its accounts, subject to the right of
the retiring Master Trustee to retain any property deemed
unsuitable by it for transfer until such time as transfer can be
made.

          14.5 Retention of Nontransferable Assets.  If the
retiring Master Trustee holds any property unsuitable for
transfer, it shall retain such property, and as to such property
alone it shall be a co-trustee with the successor Master Trustee,
or separate trustee or trustees, its duties and obligations being
solely limited to any such property, and it shall not have
fiduciary duties of any nature as to assets transferred.  Should
the successor Master Trustee, or separate trustee or trustees,
accept fiduciary responsibility as to such property, the Master
Trustee shall retain only custodian duties as to such property.

          14.6 Accounting.  In the event of the removal or
resignation of the Master Trustee hereunder, the Master Trustee
shall file with the Corporation a statement and report of its
accounts and proceedings covering the period from its last annual
statement and report, and its liability and accountability to
anyone with respect to the propriety of its acts and transactions
shown in such written statement and report shall be governed by
the terms of this Agreement.


                           SECTION 15

                   Actions by the Corporation,
              the Administrator or Named Fiduciary

          15.1 Action by Corporation.  Any action by the
Corporation pursuant to this Agreement shall be evidenced or
empowered in writing to the Master Trustee, and the Master
Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such writing.

          15.2 Action by the Administrator or Named Fiduciary. 
Any action by any person or entity duly empowered to act on
behalf of the Administrator or the Named Fiduciary with respect
to any rights, powers or duties specified in this Agreement shall
be in writing, signed by such person or by the person designated
by the Administrator or the Named Fiduciary and the Master
Trustee shall act and shall be fully protected in acting in
accordance with such writing.


                           SECTION 16

                    Amendment or Termination

          16.1 Amendment or Termination.  The Corporation shall
have the right at any time and from time to time by appropriate
action:

               (a)  to modify or amend in whole or in part any or
     all of the provisions of this Agreement upon sixty (60)
     days' prior notice in writing to the Master Trustee, unless
     the Master Trustee agrees to waive such notice; provided,
     however, that no modification or amendment which affects the
     rights, duties or responsibilities of the Master Trustee may
     be made without the Master Trustee's consent which consent
     shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or

               (b)  to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60)
     days' prior notice in writing delivered to the Master
     Trustee; provided, further, that no termination,
     modification or amendment shall permit any part of the
     corpus or income of the Fund to be used for or diverted to
     purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of such
     participants, retired participants and their beneficiaries,
     except for the return of Corporation contributions which are
     allowed by law and permitted under a Plan.

          16.2 PBGC Approval.  Should this Trust form a part of a
Plan subject to the jurisdiction of the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation ("PBGC") as provided in ERISA, and should the
Corporation notify the Master Trustee of the termination of a
Plan, the Master Trustee shall take no action as to the
termination of this Trust with respect to such Plan, until it has
received notice from the Named Fiduciary or the Corporation that
such termination has been approved by the PBGC.  Thereafter and
in the event that this Trust does not form a part of a Plan
subject to the jurisdiction of the PBGC, the Master Trustee shall
distribute all cash, securities and other property then
constituting the Fund, less any amounts constituting charges and
expenses payable from the Fund, on the date or dates specified by
the Administrator to such persons and in such manner as the
Administrator shall direct.  In making such distributions, the
Master Trustee shall be entitled to assume that such
distributions are in full compliance with and are not in
violation of any applicable law regulating the termination of any
kind whatsoever arising from any distribution made by the Master
Trustee at the direction of the Administrator as a result of the
termination of this Agreement and shall indemnify and save the
Master Trustee harmless from any attempt to impose any liability
on the Master Trustee with respect to any such distribution.

          16.3 Retention of Nontransferable Property.  The Master
Trustee reserves the right to retain such property as is not, in
the sole discretion of the Master Trustee, suitable for
distribution at the time of termination of this Agreement and
shall hold such property as custodian for those persons or other
entities entitled to such property until such time as the Master
Trustee is able to make distribution.  The Master Trustee's
duties and obligations with respect to any property held in
accordance with the above shall be purely custodial in nature and
the Master Trustee shall only be obligated to see to the
safekeeping of such property and make a reasonable effort to
prevent deterioration or waste of such property prior to its
distribution.  Upon complete distribution of all property
constituting the Fund, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated;
provided, however, that the duties and liabilities of the parties
thereto with respect to any transaction prior to such termination
shall survive such termination.

          16.4 Termination in the Absence of Directions from the
Administrator.  In the event no direction is provided by the
Administrator with respect to the distribution of a Plan's
portion of the Fund upon termination of this Agreement, the
Master Trustee shall make such distributions as are specified by
the Plan after notice to the Corporation.  In the event the Plan
is silent as to the distributions to be made upon termination of
the Plan or the terms of the Plan are inconsistent with the then
applicable law or the Master Trustee is unable to obtain a copy
of the most recent Plan, the Master Trustee shall distribute the
Fund to participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan in an
equitable manner that will not adversely affect the qualified
status of the Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code or any other
statute of similar import and that will comply with any
applicable provisions of ERISA regulating the allocation of
assets upon termination of plans such as the Plan.  The Master
Trustee, in such cases, reserves the right to seek a judicial and
administrative determination as to the proper method of
distribution of the Fund upon termination of this Agreement.

          16.5 Termination on Corporate Dissolution.  If the
Corporation ceases to exist as a result of liquidation,
dissolution or acquisition in some manner, the Fund shall be
distributed as provided above upon termination of a Plan unless a
successor company elects to continue the Plan and this Agreement
as provided in this Agreement.


                           SECTION 17

                     Merger or Consolidation

          17.1 Merger or Consolidation of Master Trustee.  Any
corporation, or national association, into which the Master
Trustee may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or
any corporation, or national association, resulting from any
merger or consolidation to which the Master Trustee is a party,
or any corporation, or national association, succeeding to the
trust business of the Master Trustee, shall become the successor
of the Master Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing
of any instrument or the performance of any further act on the
part of the parties hereto.

          17.2 Merger or Consolidation of Corporation.  Any
corporation into which the Corporation may be merged or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation succeeding to
all or a substantial part of the business interests of the
Corporation may become the Corporation hereunder by expressly
adopting and agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of
the Plan and this Agreement and so notifying the Master Trustee
to such effect by submission to the Master Trustee of an
appropriate written document.

          17.3 Merger or Consolidation of Plan.  In the event
that the Named Fiduciary or the Corporation authorizes and
directs that the assets of another plan be merged or consolidated
with or transferred to a Plan participating in this Trust, the
Master Trustee shall take no action with regard to such merger,
consolidation or transfer until it has been notified in writing
that each participant covered under the plan the assets of which
are to be merged consolidated or transferred will immediately
after such merger, consolidation or transfer be entitled to a
benefit either equal to or then greater than the benefit he would
have been entitled to had the Plan been terminated.

                           SECTION 18

                       Acceptance of Trust

          18.1 Acceptance by Master Trustee.  The Master Trustee
accepts the Trust created hereunder and agrees to be bound by all
the terms of this Agreement.


                           SECTION 19   

                     Nonalienation of Trust

          19.1 Trust not Subject to Assignment or Alienation. 
Except as heretofore provided, no company, participant or
beneficiary of the Plans to which the Trust applies shall have
any interest in or right to the assets of this Trust, and to the
full extent of all applicable laws, the assets of this Trust
shall not be subject to any form of attachment, garnishment,
sequestration or other actions of collection afforded creditors
of the Corporation, participants or beneficiaries.  The Master
Trustee shall not recognize any assignment or alienation of
benefits unless, and then only to the extent, written notices are
received from the Administrator.

          19.2 Plans' Interest in Trust not Assignable.  The
equity or interest of any participating Plan in the Fund shall
not be assignable.

                           SECTION 20

                          Governing Law

          20.1 Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed
and enforced, to the extent possible, according to the laws of
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and all provisions hereof shall
be administered according to the laws of said Commonwealth and
any federal laws, regulations or rules which may from time to
time be applicable.  In case of any conflict between the
provisions of the Plans and this Agreement, the provisions of
this Agreement shall govern.

                           SECTION 21

                  Parties to Court Proceedings

          21.1 Only Corporation and Master Trustee Necessary.  To
the extent permitted by law, only the Master Trustee and the
Corporation shall be necessary parties in any application to the
courts for an interpretation of this Agreement or for an
accounting by the Master Trustee, and no participant under any
Plan or other person having an interest in the Fund shall be
entitled to any notice or service of process.  Any final judgment
entered in such an action or proceeding shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be conclusive upon all persons claiming under
this Agreement or any Plan.


                           SECTION 22

                   Subsidiaries and Affiliates

          22.1 Adoption of Master Trust by Subsidiaries and
Affiliates.  Any Company which is a subsidiary of the Corporation
or which may be affiliated with the Corporation in any way and
which is now or may hereafter be organized under the laws of the
United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof,
with the approval of the Corporation, by resolution of its own
Board of Directors, may adopt this Agreement, if such subsidiary
or affiliate shall have adopted one or more Plans qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code, as amended.  If any such subsidiary
or affiliate so adopts this Agreement, this Agreement shall
establish the trust for such Plans as are specified by such
subsidiary or affiliate and shall constitute a continuation,
amendment and restatement of any prior trust for any such Plans. 
Furthermore, the assets of any such Plans may be commingled with
the assets of other Plans held in the Fund pursuant to Section
2.6 hereof.  However, the assets of any Plan so held in the Fund
shall not be subject to any claim arising under any other Plan,
the assets of which are commingled therewith by the Master
Trustee for investment purposes, and under no circumstances shall
any of the assets of one Plan be available to provide the
benefits under another Plan.  A separate trust shall be deemed to
have been created with respect to each Plan of such subsidiary or
affiliate.

          22.2 Segregation from Further Participation.  Any
subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation may, at any time, with
the consent of the Corporation, segregate a Plan's trust from
further participation in this Agreement.  In such event, such
subsidiary or affiliate shall file with the Master Trustee a
document evidencing the segregation of the Plan from the Fund and
its continuance of a separate trust in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement as though such subsidiary or
affiliate were the sole creator thereof.  In such event, the
Master Trustee shall deliver to itself as Master Trustee of such
separate trust such share of the Fund as may be determined by the
Master Trustee to constitute the appropriate share of the Fund,
as confirmed by the Corporation, then held in respect of the
participating employees of such subsidiary or affiliate.  Such
subsidiary or affiliate may thereafter exercise, in respect of
such separate trust, all of the rights and powers reserved to the
Corporation under the provisions of this Agreement.  The
equitable share of any Plan participating in the Fund shall be
immediately segregated and withdrawn from the Fund if the Plan
ceases to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the
Corporation shall promptly notify the Master Trustee of any
determination by the Internal Revenue Service that any such Plan
has ceased to be so qualified.

          22.3 Segregation of Assets Allocable to Specific
Employees.  The Administrative Committee may at any time direct
the Master Trustee to segregate and withdraw the equitable share
of any such Plan, or that portion of such equitable share as may
be certified to the Master Trustee by the Administrative
Committee as allocable to any specified group or groups of
employees or beneficiaries.  Whenever segregation is required,
the Master Trustee shall withdraw from the Fund such assets as it
shall in its absolute discretion deem to be equal in value to the
equitable share to be segregated.  Such withdrawal from the Fund
shall be in cash or in any property held in such Fund, or in a
combination of both, in the absolute discretion of the Master
Trustee.  The Master Trustee shall thereafter hold the assets so
withdrawn as a separate trust fund in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, which shall be construed in respect
of such assets as if the employer maintaining such Plan
(determined without regard to whether any subsidiaries or
affiliates of such employer have joined in such Plan) has been
named as the Corporation hereunder.  Such segregation shall not
preclude later readmission to the Fund.

                           SECTION 23

                           Authorities

          23.1 Corporation.  Whenever the provisions of this
Agreement specifically require or permit any action to be taken
by "the Corporation", such action must be authorized by the Board
of Directors or an authorized committee of the Board of
Directors.  Any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors or
other evidence of such authorization shall be certified to the
Master Trustee by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation under its corporate seal, and the Trustee may rely
upon any authorization so certified until revoked or modified by
a further action of the Board of Directors (or its authorized
committee) similarly certified to the Master Trustee.

          23.2 Subsidiary or Affiliate.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken under this Agreement by a subsidiary or
affiliate of the Corporation shall be given by the board of
directors thereof in the manner described in Section 23.1.

          23.3 Named Fiduciary and Administrative Committee.  The
Corporation shall furnish the Master Trustee from time to time
with a list of the names and signatures of all Persons (other
than the Corporation) authorized to act as the Corporation
designee under Section 1.1, as a Named Fiduciary, as the
Administrator, or in any other manner authorized to issue orders,
notices, requests, instructions and objections to the Master
Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.  Any such
list shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Corporation (or by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation with
respect to members of the Administrative Committee of the
Participating Plans), and may be relied upon for accuracy and
completeness by the Master Trustee.  Each such Person shall
thereupon furnish the Master Trustee with a list of the names and
signatures of those individuals who are authorized, jointly or
severally, to act for such Person hereunder, and the Master
Trustee shall be fully protected in acting upon any notices or
directions received from any of them.

          23.4 Investment Manager.  The Named Fiduciary shall
cause each Investment Manager to furnish the Master Trustee from
time to time with the names and signatures of those persons
authorized to direct the Master Trustee on its behalf hereunder.

          23.5 Form of Communications.  Any agreement between the
Corporation and any Person (including an Investment Manager) or
any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding, all notices, directions and other communications
to the Master Trustee shall be in writing or in such other form,
including transmission by electronic means through the facilities
of third parties or otherwise, specifically agreed to in writing
by the Master Trustee, and the Master Trustee shall be fully
protected in acting in accordance therewith.

          23.6 Continuation of Authority.  The Master Trustee
shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice
to the contrary, that no event constituting a change in the Named
Fiduciary or membership of the Administrative Committee or
terminating the authority of any Person, including any Investment
Manager, has occurred.

          23.7 No Obligation to Act on Unsatisfactory Notice. 
The Master Trustee shall incur no liability under this Agreement
for any failure to act pursuant to any notice, direction or any
other communication from any Asset Manager, the Corporation, the
Administrative Committee, or any other Person or the designee of
any of them unless and until it shall have received instructions
in form satisfactory to it.

                           SECTION 24

                          Counterparts

          24.1 Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original, and said counterparts shall constitute but
one and the same instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by
any one counterpart.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, each intending
to be legally bound hereby, have hereunto set their hands and
seals as of the day and year first above written.

                         DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.



                         By:  /s/ David B. Cooper Jr.
                              Name:
                              Title:


                         MELLON BANK, N.A.



                         By:  /s/ Vincent V. Sands
                              Name:  Vincent V. Sands
                              Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT "A"


TRUST AGREEMENT

 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Food Company, Inc. Tax Deferred
     Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Castle & Cooke Properties, Inc. Tax
     Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Fresh Fruit Tax Deferred Investment
     Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Bakersfield, Inc. Tax Deferred
     Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Waialua Sugar Company Tax Deferred
     Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Fresh Vegetables Tax Deferred
     Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Dried Fruit and Nut Company
     Retirement Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Northwest Retirement Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Citrus Tax Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Citrus Tax Deferred Investment Plan
     for Hourly Employees
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Packaged Foods Tax Deferred
     Investment Plan
 .    Trust Agreement for Dole Nut Company Retirement Plan


<PAGE>
                           EXHIBIT "B"


PLAN NAME

 .    Dole Food Company, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan for
     Corporate Employees
 .    Castle & Cooke Properties, Inc. Tax Deferred Investment Plan
     (Salaried)
 .    Dole Fresh Fruit Tax Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Salaried Employees of Dole
     Bakersfield, Inc.
 .    Waialua Sugar Company Tax Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Dole Fresh Vegetables Tax Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Dole Dried Fruit and Nut Company Retirement Plan
 .    Dole Northwest Retirement Plan
 .    Dole Citrus Tax Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Dole Citrus Tax Deferred Investment Plan for Hourly
     Employees
 .    Dole Packaged Foods Tax Deferred Investment Plan
 .    Dole Nut Company Retirement Plan




                        AMENDMENT 1995-1

          TAX DEFERRED PLAN OF DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.
          AND PARTICIPATING DIVISIONS AND SUBSIDIARIES


          WHEREAS, Dole Food Company, Inc. (the "Company")
maintains the Tax Deferred Investment Plan of Dole Food Company,
Inc. and Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries (the "Plan");

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.01 of the Plan, the
Plan may be amended in accordance with the Charter of the
Corporate Compensation and Benefits Committee; and

          WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan in order
to reactivate the Dole Stock Fund (the "Fund"), so that
participants may direct the investment of employer and employee
contributions into the Fund in accordance with the terms of the
Plan;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

          Section 5.01 is amended by adding the following
sentence at the end thereof:

               "Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective
     July 3, 1995, the Investment Fund for Company stock is
     reactivated, and up to one hundred percent of the assets of
     the Plan may be invested in such Company stock."

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly
authorized officer to execute this Amendment to the Plan on this
23rd day of June, 1995.

                         DOLE FOOD COMPANY, INC.



                         By:  /s/ George R. Horne
                              Vice President, Human Resources






                         June 21, 1995





Dole Food Company, Inc.
31355 Oak Crest Drive
Westlake Village, California  91359-5132

          Re:  Registration on Form S-8 of Dole Food Company,
               Inc. (the "Company") Deferred Investment Plan

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          You have advised us that in connection with the Tax-
Deferred Investment Plan of Dole Food Company, Inc. and
Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries (the "Plan") you propose
to file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, of 500,000 shares of Common Stock, no
par value of the Company (the "Shares") and of interests in the
Plan (together with the Shares, the "Securities").  At your
request, we have examined the proceedings heretofore taken and to
be taken in connection with the authorization of the Plan and the
Common Stock that may be sold to the Plan.

          Based upon such examination and upon such matters of
fact and law as we have deemed relevant, we are of the opinion
that the Securities have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of the Company and, when issued in
accordance with such authorization and appropriate action as
contemplated thereby and by the Plan and related agreements, the
Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

          We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement.

                              Respectfully submitted,

                              /s/ Goodsill Anderson Quinn & Stifel

                              Goodsill Anderson Quinn & Stifel


            CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the 
incorporation by reference in this registration statement and
prospectus of our reports dated January 30, 1995 (except with
respect to the matter discussed in Note 16, as to which the 
date is March 7, 1995) included (or incorporated by reference)
in Dole Food Company, Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1994 and to all references to our Firm included
in this registration statement and prospectus.


                                /s/ Arthur Andersen L.L.P.


Los Angeles, California
June 26, 1995


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission